Home

5 - Ford Focus Electric Forum, My Focus Electric

1. 134 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 2 Table of Contents Driver Controls 138 Windshield wiper washer control 0 0 0 0 0 0000 cee eee eee 138 Steering wheel adjustment 00000000 eee eee 140 DUT VISOS taa Be Bx os Yaad a ASG ats Hw aw RS ote 140 Power Windows case arer 0 0 cece eee ee nee 142 Interior MITOS evo miis A fee pata ar 144 MITOS 0 ii Oe oe te bad HE eae A eee baa 144 Speed Control ses reti bc we a ee aces ates OS Be GAS 146 HomeLink wireless control SySteM o o o ooooooooo o 149 Trunk release usd eae Re Eds bas bee SRLS SELES 154 Locks and Security 155 Settings MY Key socios eae HERE Aa Oho Re ee 156 A A eee Gu aw a he ae EW ee a a 156 Clearing 00 sd hat BEA a REE ERA EERE RS OEE EES 157 SyStem StablS as sd eek data padanecd ste G4e eh oG5 Bede s 157 Remote start MyKey 0 0 0 0 cee eee eee 158 Troubleshooting MyKey 26 00 e680 644 0495 oe ee Bee ba ve es 159 Anti theft system 0 ee ees 170 Seating and Safety Resiraints 173 DEANE nl eh ede ae Raa whee eae AF 173 Manual seats s 04 4 antaneensa aca a HERES iaa 175 Power SOS cs ii SRO Rae ween ee oe eee SG eae 177 Rear SEATS asec na 8 5 II ae A Boe Ae ae deg Goa MLA es a eae 180 Personal Safety System 0 0 00 0000000 ce ee 181 Safety belt system 2 0 nee eas 185 AIrbags 6 04 0 ot PES as a ie 194 KCC AIDES se ees Kee Ree eR eR
2. REAR SEATS Second row head restraints Outboard seat positions Your vehicle is equipped with removable outboard head restraints 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 179 WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion The removable head restraints consist of the same features as the front seat head restraints but are not vertically adjustable and are equipped with a single unlock remove button L Zn To remove the head restraints press the unlock remove button and pull the head restraint up To reinstall the head restraint insert the two stems into the guide sleeve collars and push the head restraint down until it locks Center seat position Your vehicle is equipped with a second row center head restraint that is vertically adjustable and removable The adjustable center head restraint consists of e a trimmed energy absorbing foam and structure 1 e two steel stems 2 e a guide sleeve adjust release button 3 e and a guide sleeve unlock remove button 4 The second row center head restraint functions the same as the first row head restraints For details about how to raise lower
3. More than 32 million Ford and Lincoln owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford ESP It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Up to 500 Covered Vehicle Components There are four new vehicle Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask your dealer for details PremiumCare Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered ExtraCare Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items BaseCare Covers 84 components PowertrainCare Covers 29 critical components Ford ESP is honored by all Ford and Lincoln Dealers in the U S and Canada It s the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service anywhere you go e Factory trained technicians e Ford Authorized Parts used with every covered repair Rental car reimbursement If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or manufacturer s recalls Transferable coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford ESP coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you re ready to sell your car prospective buyers may feel
4. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 or online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 312 Cleaning WASHING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A which
5. Standard Settings ee settings cannot be changed Belt Minder This cannot be disabled and the five minute timer does not expire The audio system is muted when MyKey Belt Minder is activated e Early distance to stop Warnings are displayed in the information display control followed by an audible tone at 15 miles to stop e Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced on Parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert and the collision warning system Optional Settings These settings can be configured right after a MyKey is first created or changed afterword with an admin key e Vehicle speed limit of 80 mph 130 km h Visual warnings are displayed followed by an audible tone when vehicle speed has reached 80 mph 130 km h e Vehicle speed warning of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km h Visual warnings are displayed followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded e Audio system maximum volume of 45 A message in the audio system is displayed when attempting to exceed the limited volume e AdvanceTrac The system cannot be turned off when Always on has been set Creating a MyKey Use the information display control to create a MyKey 1 Hold the key next to the symbol on the right side of the steering column or next to the back up location on the right side of the steering column refer to Keyless starting in the Driving chapter for backup slot loca
6. Potential station issues Issue Cause Action Echo stutter skip or Poor time alignment None This is a repeat in audio by the radio broadcast issue Increase or decrease broadcaster in audio volume Sound fading or The radio is shifting None This is a blending in and out between analog and reception issue that digital audio may clear up as you continue to drive Audio mute delay The digital multicast is None This is normal when selecting HD2 or not available until the behavior Wait until HD3 multicast preset HD Radio broadcast is the audio is available or direct tune decoded Once decoded the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or The previously stored None The station is HD3 multicast channel multicast preset or not available in your when recalling a direct tune is not current location preset or from a direct available in your tune current reception area Text information does Data service issue by Fill out the station not match currently the radio broadcaster issue form at website playing audio listed below No text information Data service issue by Fill out the station shown for currently the radio broadcaster issue form at website selected frequency listed below HD2 through HD7 Pressing Scan disables None This is normal stations not found HD2 through HD7 behavior when Scan is pressed channel search http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station
7. Your vehicle comes with two intelligent access keys additional ones may be purchased from your authorized dealer The authorized dealer can program your spare transmitters 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 171 Note The SecuriLock passive anti theft system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Large metallic objects electronic devices that are used to purchase gasoline or similar items or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues You need to prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the vehicle These objects will not cause damage to the coded key but may cause a momentary issue if they are too close to the key when starting the vehicle If a problem occurs turn the ignition off remove all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the vehicle Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle Automatic Arming The vehicle is armed immediately after switching the ignition off Automatic Disarming Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms the vehicle Replacement of intelligent access keys Note Your vehicle comes equipped with two intelligent access keys The intelligent access
8. e Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust e Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 m every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 336 Maintenance and Specifications LOW AND HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY STORAGE If your vehicle is to be stored for 30 days or longer the high voltage battery should be charged to above 25 state of charge and the low voltage under hood battery negative terminal should be disconnected If your vehicle is to be stored for 3 months or longer the high voltage battery should be charged to between 80 and 100 state of charge and the low voltage under hood battery negative terminal should be disconnected Failure to do this could damage the batteries Note If battery cables are disconnected it will be necessary to reset memory features MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS 12 Volt battery BXT A A 500 BXT 96R 590 Cabin air filter EP70 A Windshield wiper blade WW 2201 PF driver side WW 1901 PF passenger side 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 337 Maintenance and Specifications LV peaoidde AT gNOOUAIN o1e 19 10304 S9SN oporyaa SUL NY PMA UOTSSTUSURA d L UYO arqerea ATSNONUTIUOD IFeIOIOJOJY VSN JOU Oq Feurep UOISSTUSULA euroyu asneo feu UOT woyoods popusWUOdEL ay PIU Jey asoy Uey 10470 pmp
9. fm Press the voice icon after the tone sounds the system says us Please say a command Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening Using Voice Commands with the Touchscreen Options Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is most often available when using navigation On screen buttons are outlined in blue to indicate the selections that are part of the dual mode feature For example if while you are in a voice session rather than saying the command Enter Street Name to change the field you can press Street and the voice session does not end Instead the voice system changes to the Street field and asks you to say 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 59 the street name The buttons not outlined in blue cannot be used as voice commands if they are touched during a voice session the voice session is canceled For example From the Navigation home screen you can choose from the following My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest POD Emergency Street Address Intersection Cancel Route Some of the voice commands that are available while viewing this screen are Destination POI Destination intersection Destination emergency If you choose Street Address from the navigation screen you can choose f
10. 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 128 Lighting HEADLAMP CONTROL Turns the lamps off OE Turns on the parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps ZD Turns the headlamps on Note The head lamp indicator will illuminate when the head lamps are activated Autolamp control if equipped The autolamp system provides light sensitive automatic on off control of the exterior lights normally controlled by the headlamp control e To turn autolamps on rotate the control to W e To turn autolamps off rotate the control from the autolamp position Note If the vehicle is equipped with autolamps it will have the windshield wiper rainlamp feature When the windshield wipers are turned to low or high speed wiping during daylight and the headlamp control is in the autolamp position the exterior lamps will turn on after a brief delay and will remain on until the wipers are turned off Autolamp delay system if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with autolamps you can set the delay time to keep the headlights on for up to one minute after the key is turned off The autolamp delay settings are adjusted through the message center in the instrument cluster The default delay time from the factory is set to 20 seconds Note The headlamps can be activated manually by pulling the high beam flash to pass lever toward you The headlamps are dea
11. 321 322 Washer fluid oo 321 Wrecker towing smsssissrisines 302 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus
12. Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 48 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure e PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure e Cold inflation pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 km e Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door e Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim e Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread e Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle e Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 2012 Focus Electric
13. Noted F3 Notusea Fa Noted Fs Noted Fs Notusea Fear Noted Fs Noted Fa Notusea Fa o Notusea Fa Notusea Fs Noted Far Notusea Fs Noted Cid Fs Noted Cid Paso Notusea Fa Notused 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 281 ENT A NN ot Not used A E O po Pao Notusea po Pra Notusea Cid po Ps Noted Cd po Ro Rear relay po Re Rear window defrost relay po R Rear wiper relay po Ra Notusd_______ O RB gt gt Noted PRG Noted Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located on the right side below the glove box f e se 55 57 66 74 82 58 67 75 83 59 68 76 84 60 69 77 85 61 70 78 86 62 71 79 87 Ce 2 feo 6 64 73 81 89 E J 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 282 Roadside Emergencies The fuses are coded as follows Location Rating 56 20A Notused spare lia OA 58 Notusea 10A Interior light Driver door switch pack Glove box illumination Overhead console switch bank PR Not used S O pA Noted S O 6 20A Not used spare 67 7 5A SYNC Multifunction display Global positionin
14. Removing the Jumper Cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to dwell in Ready to Drive mode for several minutes so the high voltage battery can continue to recharge the 12 volt battery 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 302 Roadside Emergencies WRECKER TOWING If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift or flatbed equipment Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure If your vehicle is to be towed from the rear using wheel lift equipment the front wheels drive wheels must be placed on a dolly to prevent damage to the transmissi
15. Satellite Radio If Activated Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen then select the SIRIUS tab When you select One of the memory Save a station by pressing and holding one of the preset areas on the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while right side of the the station is being saved then sound returns when screen it s done Enter the desired satellite channel number using the on screen keypad SIRIUS Press repeatedly to change SIRIUS modes SIRIUS 1 2 or 3 ALERT Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any SIRIUS channel Browse View a list of all available stations Scroll and select the desired station You can also lock or skip unwanted channels or view the song artist on other stations Hear a brief sampling of channels Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station If you change stations the previous audio is erased While in replay mode Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song Press and hold the seek buttons to advance to reverse or fast forward in the current track Press play or pause to play or pause the audio Press Replay again to return to live audio if you had been using the replay feature to replay audio 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus
16. Table of Contents 1 Introduction 5 Instrument Cluster 16 Warning lamps and indicators 0 ooo 16 Gauges asidero btn heed ia das 20 Message Center ta was Gears dto Seen Nandos Aon ences 22 Information Messages risora de BES 29 Entertainment Systems 39 AM FM stereo with single CD 0 0000202020 eee eee 39 Auxiliary input jack Line in 1 2 eee 40 USB POr eap 4 2 288 Soka ae Ho ae Vee eon hae Pee EO ESSA 42 Satellite radio informati0N o oo o 45 MyFord Touch 48 Infotainment display 66 54600402444 644 pi bd 54 VOICE FECOSMIUION gaias e AeA ah de Peper Rese dds Sige ge a ae ned 56 Listening to MUSIC sota Bde Y OE a ea RO es ee BEE Bes 61 Phone features 0 ee ene eee 83 Information Men sert 02208 lt 404444 id a binder d eed 90 Menu features een eee nee 101 SELNES 25 UG Ot eu ed DERG Ree SSS ed pe eae ede hes 103 Climate eaturesS ee ens 109 Navigation Syste es G24 ciao 084545 6 ood Ste Seago 112 Climate Control 123 Rear window defroster 0 0 00 ccc eee eee 127 Lighting 128 Head PS a a es don fo BA ave neon a a li a 128 Atolas 4 3 0 4 15 bRAO4 bob be ee eed ehes ko abt bt ek 128 Daytime running lamps 0 0 0 000 00 ee eee 129 Panel dimmer control keer nera a eee eee 130 Turn signal Controls serrr aaa he awne Bee peed ache baud oe ERS 132 Interior lamps sho aoe an bak bea hare A Bey Pete ya 132 Bulb replacement
17. When you select Access the on screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call During an active call you can also choose to mute the call put it on hold activate privacy returns the call to your cellular phone join two calls or end the call Quick Dial Select and call contacts stored in your phonebook contacts and call history folder Phone Book Access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system will place the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen To turn on contact picture settings if your device supports this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On Certain smart phones may support transferring street addresses when listed with phone book contact information If this feature is supported you can select and use these addresses as destinations and also save them as favorites 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 86 MyFord Touch Call History Access any previously dialed received or missed calls while your Bluetooth enabled phone was connected to SYNC You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or Quick Dial This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system Refer to Text messaging later in this section Settings Acces
18. shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seatback if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a collision Refer to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a collision be replaced However if the collision was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts refer to Interior in the Cleaning chapter WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary replace the safety belt assembly or child restraint system under the above conditions could result in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 225 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR235 40R18 LOW PROFILE TIRES AND WHEELS If your vehicle is equipped with 235 40R18 tires they are low profile tires These tires and wheels are designed to give your vehicle a sport appearance With low profile tires you may notice an increase in road noise and faster tire
19. Child size height weight or Recommended age restraint type Small children Larger children Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or less generally age four or younger Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 lb 18 kg and 80 lb 36 kg and upward to 100 lb 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt positioning booster seat generally children who are at least 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or greater than 80 lb 36 kg or 100 lb 45 kg if recommended by child restraint manufacturer Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Use a belt positioning booster seat Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest and seatback upright e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the U S and Canada e Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 ft 9 in 1 45 meters tall or 80 lb 36 kg Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children in
20. Level 1 When activating manual zoom mode the system always starts from OFF When enabled Level 1 Level 2 or Level 3 will only be active while the vehicle is in R Reverse The feature disables outside of R Reverse and must be re enabled the next time the vehicle shifts into R Reverse When manual zoom is enabled only the centerline will be shown Please check surroundings for safety 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 271 Rear camera delay After shifting out of R Reverse and into any gear other than P Park the image will remain until the vehicle speed reaches five mph 8 km h This will only occur if the rear camera delay feature is on or until any radio button is selected The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF To turn this feature on or off when the vehicle is not in R Reverse do the following 1 Select Menu 2 Select Vehicle 3 Select Rear View Camera The rear camera delay options are ON and OFF The camera lens for the reverse camera system is located on the liftgate Keep the lens clean so the video image remains clear and undistorted Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner When towing the reverse camera system will only see what is being towed behind the vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen Active guid
21. Phone gt Bluetooth Devices gt Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to ON and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode Refer to your phone s user guide if necessary 3 When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC on the screen The display indicates when the pairing is successful 4 The system asks you if you want to download your phone book Depending on your phone s capability you may be prompted with additional options For more information on your phone s capability refer to your phone s user guide and visit the website Making Calls UN Press the voice button When prompted say Call lt name gt or say Dial then the desired number Pro To end the call or exit phone mode press and hold the phone t button Receiving Calls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it s available Pr Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or by pressing the phone button on your steering wheel controls Reject the call by pressing Reject on the touchscreen or by pressing and holding the phone button on your steering wheel controls Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 85 Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options
22. Your vehicle should only be flat towed in emergency situations and never above 35 mph Long distance towing should be carried out with front wheels off the ground Ford and Best Buy have teamed up to offer a charging installation Your Ford dealer will set up an inspection visit by Best Buy who performs the evaluation and arranges for installation 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 10 Introduction REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner s Manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During vehicle dev
23. any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties 3 1 License limitations You agree not to do any of the following a reverse engineer decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav c remove from the TeleNav Software or alter any of TeleNav s or its suppliers trademarks trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software or e use the TeleNav Software in any manner that i infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party ji violates any law statute ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening abusive harassing tortuous defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to t
24. before the light turns off Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description on how the system functions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If the tires are properly inflated malfunction and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 243 Low tire Possible cause Customer action required pressure warning light Flashing Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel tire warning light and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description on how the system functions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If the tires are properly inflated malfunction and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible When inflating your tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 82 km h for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How temperature affects your ti
25. e The parking brake is set e The gearshift is in P Park e The vehicle is off e The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled 1 Turn the vehicle on Do not start the vehicle Ready to Drive light must not be lit 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off approximately one minute e Once the next step is started the procedure must be completed within 60 seconds 3 For the seating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt four times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state e After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will turn on 4 While the safety belt warning light is on buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt e After Step 4 the safety belt warning light will flash three times for confirmation e This will disable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled e This will enable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 194 Seating and Safety Restraints AIRBAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS The supplemental restraint system is designed to work with the safety belt to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries WARNING Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering
26. e the powertrain malfunction reduced power indicator was on the last time the vehicle was driven Remote Starting the Vehicle Note Each button press must be done within three seconds of each other The vehicle will not remote start if this sequence is not followed and the horn will not chirp The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure To remote start the vehicle 1 Press the lock button to lock all the doors 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will chirp if the system fails to start unless quiet start is on Quiet start will run the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce noise It can be switched on or off Refer to the Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter Note If the vehicle has been remote started you must press the START STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving the vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 170 Locks and Security The power windows will be inhibited during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically The parking lamps will remain on and the vehicle will run for 5 10 or 15 minutes depending on the setting Refer to the Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter to select the duration of the remote start system Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to exte
27. engineered for your vehicle Additives and Chemicals Ford Motor Company recommended additives and chemicals are listed in the Owner Manual and in the Ford Workshop Manual Additional chemicals or additives not approved by Ford and are not recommended as part of normal maintenance Please consult your Warranty Manual for complete warranty information 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 347 Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating and or foreign material contamination should be inspected immediately by a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership Your vehicle s oils and fluids should be changed at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Genuine Ford Parts and Service When planning your maintenance services consider your dealership for all your vehicle s needs There are a lot of reasons why visiting your dealership for all your service nee
28. last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer Replacing rear lamps 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position 2 Open the trunk 3 Remove the trim panel from inside the luggage compartment 4 Remove the two nuts from the lamp assembly 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Lighting 137 5 Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle 6 Remove bulbs by turning the bulb socket counterclockwise Gently pull the bulb straight out of the socket e Brake lamp 1 e Reverse lamp 2 e Tail lamp 8 e Turn signal 4 Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing license plate lamp assembly Your vehicle is equipped with an LED license plate lamp assembly It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer Replacing high mount brake lamp assembly Your vehicle is equipped with an LED center high mount stop lamp It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 138 Driver Controls WINDSHIELD WIPERS Move the lever down for a single wipe VW Move the control up one position for intermittent operation Adjust the rotary cont
29. or answer a phone call Press f to end call or exit phone mode Pull mg toward you and release to use the voice command feature You will hear a tone and LISTENING will appear in the radio display Pull and hold l to exit voice command lt q Volume Press to increase the volume gt Volume Press to decrease the volume del PP Seek Press to select the previous next radio station preset CD track or satellite radio channel preset if equipped depending on which media mode you are in Refer to the MyFord Touch chapter Universal garage door opener if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a universal garage door opener which can be used to replace the common hand held transmitter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 149 HOMELINK WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage WARNING Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 Note Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming Note We recommend that upon the
30. refer to Intelligent access key in this chapter for more information on the location and use of the mechanical key blade Your vehicle will allow you to unlock and enter your vehicle without actively using a key or transmitter You can use the intelligent access feature at any door or at the liftgate You can activate the intelligent access feature as long as you have one of your IA keys within range of the front doors or the liftgate Activating intelligent access at the doors If your IA key is within 3 feet 1 meter of the doors you can activate your intelligent access system by touching the inside of any exterior door handle The door s will automatically unlock and the door can be opened 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 165 To lock the doors press the lock area black spot on either front door handle Activating intelligent access at the liftgate If your IA key is within 3 feet 1 meter of the liftgate you can activate your intelligent access system by pressing the exterior liftgate release button hidden under the trim above the license plate The liftgate will release and open Y Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock Press the button to unlock the driver s door Note The interior lamps and turn signal lamps will illuminate Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors The turn signals will flash The remo
31. the message SHIFT TO PARK is displayed in the multifunction display If the vehicle is left in this state your key in ignition chime activates when the driver door is opened and you may drain your vehicle s battery In order to avoid draining your battery it is recommended that you always shift to P Park before or immediately after switching your vehicle off Absence of the Intelligent Access Key Once the vehicle has started the vehicle remains running until being turned off by the power button even if the IA key is no longer found in the vehicle Whenever a door is opened and then closed while the vehicle is running the system searches for an IA key inside the vehicle and the multifunction display reads KEY OUTSIDE CAR if the IA key is no longer present This message is a reminder that someone else in the vehicle may have taken the IA key when exiting the vehicle If the IA key is no longer present in the vehicle you cannot start your vehicle outside of the Fast Restart time see Fast restart above It is important to be aware of where your IA key is located in the vehicle to avoid becoming stranded without an IA key BRAKES Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out and should be inspected by an authorized dealer If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking the vehicle should be in
32. 35 Maintenance Message Action Description Brake fluid level low Service now I ndicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Contact your authorized dealer Brake system malfunction Stop Displays when the brake system safely needs servicing Stop the vehicle in a safe place Contact your authorized dealer Washer fluid level low Displays when the washer fluid is low and needs to be refilled Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Motor Coolant Overtemperature Displays when the motor electronics are overheating Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible turn off the vehicle and let it cool If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible See Manual Indicates a powertrain or high voltage charge system fault has been detected If the indicator stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Service Tire Mobility Kit Displayed when the kit needs service See your authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 36 Instrument Cluster MyKey Message Speed Limited to xx MPH km h Displays when starting the vehicle and MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on Near Vehicle Top Speed Displays when a MyKey is in use an
33. Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect additional vehicle information Ford may use the vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com Refer to www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 101 MENU Under the menu setting you can set your clock access and make adjustments to the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature Seiting the Clock Note The date is set by your vehicle s GPS you cannot manually set the date Note If the battery has been disconnected the vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press the Menu icon gt Clock 2 Press and to adjust the time From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update new time zones Once you update any settings they will be automatically saved Display Settings To access and make adjustments to the touchscreen displa
34. Change MyView in the options menu allows you to scroll through two columns of content choices The content you select is saved to the current driver s key as MyView Note Trip data cannot be reset in MyView See Trip 1 amp 2 information below Trip 1 amp 2 Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following I Trip 1 amp 2 Standard Budget text Trip distance x x Elapsed trip time ETE RAY XXX Wh mi km Energy used 7 per unit of distance ME A E LR a 2 Energy used Press and hold OK to reset ae currently displayed trip information e Trip distance shows the accumulated trip distance e Elapsed trip time timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle is restarted e XXX Wh mi km shows the average Energy watt hours used per unit of distance for a given trip e XX X kWh shows the total Energy kilowatt hours used for a given trip e Budget Text Shows the distance to your next charge point and the surplus distance available or your budget and status if you didn t identify a charge point through the navigation system e Total Odometer Displays the total distance the vehicle has traveled This value can not be reset 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 26 Instrument Cluster Energy Use the arrow buttons to choose the desired energy display 1 Energy History Options Time intervals Help En
35. Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guideline
36. FAX 971 4 3327299 Email menacac ford com www me ford com 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 310 Customer Assistance If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Manual French Owner s Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance 311
37. GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Consult your authorized dealer for specific weight information e The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems such as two way radios telephones and theft alarms that are equipped with radio transmitters Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with FCC or CRTC regulations and should be installed only by a qualified service technician 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Accessories 341 e Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use e To avoid interference with other vehicle functions such as anti lock braking systems amateur radio users who install radios and antennas onto their vehicle should not locate the amateur radio antennas in the area of the driver s side hood e Any non Ford custom electrical or electronic accessories or components that are added to the vehicle by the authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability and may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 342 Ford Extended Service Plan FORD ESP EXTENDED SERVICE PLANS U S ONLY
38. MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THRID PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 e THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 361 End user notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and m
39. R po Notused______ po oR Notuseda _________ Rg Powerrelay Heaterelement18g2 po ra Notusda_________ R10 Mini relay ABS vacuum pump solid state relay R12 Power relay Electronic Fan Control Module EFCM relay 5 7 9 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 287 CHANGING THE TIRES If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Note The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the full functionality of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the TPMS sensors refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the TPMS sensor for damage WARNING The use of tire sealants may damage your tire pressure monitoring system TPMS and should not be used However if you must use a sealant the TPMS sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer
40. RA RETO EOE ES 202 Child restraints 344 c0 5 sra 2 ae DES PES ee See ee A 208 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Table of Contents 3 Tires Wheels and Loading 225 Tire INtOrMAION reir Bd came AALS ORE woe Dae eo 225 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 240 Vehicle loading 25103 33 bo a ee GO REY os Ow eS 245 Trailer TOWING 3 6 4 4 ceee Pha Deda eee we EER e RELA eee BE EEE 250 Recreational tOWIDE sss iso adornar ene cee shee e head ee 251 Driving 252 Stating Sida cede e eee PERS nas CESS EADS REED 4 252 Braker mueca ee Rha Pass Meee eae ea eos Be 255 Advancelrac sia CSS Nee Re hod RG Ge ee ees E 258 Automatic transmission 0 0 0 0 0 0 ee 264 Hill start assist ee ees 265 Reverse sensing system 2 6 ce ee ee nee 266 Rear view camera system 0 0 ee 268 Roadside Emergencies 275 Getting roadside assistance onnan ee 275 Hazard warning flashers 0 000000 e eee eee 276 High voltage shut 0ff rire snarere seed een dad Ob oe dad 277 Fuses and relays a 0 0 0 cee ene 278 Changing tires serso 24 5 de bee he Sed bebe ESSE ER eH e 287 Temporary mobility kit 0 ee 289 Wheel lug nut torque 24 0 24 4 kee Se ys CaN EAS OR RES ESS 298 JUMP Starlings corra dba haha Sead ahh ae Ra wed tases 299 Wrecker OWNS sis 644 e655 ea SRE ES S 302 Customer Assistance 304 Reporting safety defects U S only 005 311 Reporting
41. Service information and supporting specifications are provided in this owner s guide Any adverse condition should be brought to the attention of your dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible for the proper service advice The owner maintenance service checks are generally not covered by warranties so you may be charged for labor parts or fluids used Coolant change intervals Initial change 10 years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever comes first After initial change Every 5 years or 50 000 miles 80 000 km Check every month Function of all interior and exterior lights Tires for wear and proper pressure including spare Windshield washer fluid level Check every six months Battery connections clean if necessary Body and door drain holes for obstructions clean if necessary Washer spray wiper operation clean or replace blades as necessary 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 349 Multi Point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems Ford Motor Company recommends the following multi point inspection be performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great Multi point inspection Recommended each visit Battery performance Exte
42. Sia 148 Climate ose ee eect 109 A asthe teteenectevieetics 140 TOWNS dia 250 Supported media file types 80 recreational GOWNS estos 251 trailer tOWING oooccnnnnnnnniinn 250 Supported player media WIECKED oo cceeceesseeseeteeeteeeteeeees 302 formats and metadata Information viana 80 Traffic preferences s 116 SYNC Services csssceeseecsseeee 90 Transmission S brake shift interlock BSI 262 System settings sirosis 103 fluid checking and adding automatic cess cssssedsaveveceeeeses 334 T fluid refill capacities 337 T 3 a lubricant specifications 337 emperature contro see Climate control 109 a A AE fee i bility kit acg AA a a ree T ri signal ves 132 Text messaging scsenesessunes 86 Tilt steering wheel 004 140 U Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Tires Wheels and Loading 240 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 380 Index V Water Driving through 274 Vehicle health report a Wi Fi eee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee 106 Vehicle Identification Number Windows VIN erise iei EER 339 POWET ccannan conan onoonorcnnnnrcnnonnros 142 Vehicle loading 945 rear Wiper washer conoci 139 Voice recognition cee ias masher duid ana wipers w checking and adding fluid 321 ODETALLOTL divisi n 138 Warning lights see Lights replacing wiper blades
43. Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when the vehicle is in motion Hard objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while the vehicle is in motion 1 Begin with the vehicle parked and the radio turned off Ensure that the battery in your portable music player is new or fully charged and that the device is turned off 3 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end of the audio extension cable to the AIJ in your vehicle 4 Turn the radio on using either a tuned FM station or a CD loaded into the system Adjust the volume to a comfortable listening level 5 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to 1 2 the volume 6 Press AUX on the vehicle radio repeatedly until LINE LINE IN or SYNC LINE IN appears in the display You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 42 Entertainment Systems USB Port WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle c
44. Take advantage of our installment payment plan just a 10 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment opportunity 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 344 Ford Extended Service Plan PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN To learn more call our Ford ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 and don t forget to ask about our interest free payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time Your pre approved with no credit checks no hassles Or complete the information below and mail this to Ford ESP P O Box 8072 Royal Oak MI 48068 9933 Name PLEASE PRINT ADDRESS APT CITY STATE ZIP E MAIL 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan 345 FORD ESP EXTENDED SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan ESP Ford ESP is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Depending on the plan you purchase Ford ESP provides benefits such as e Rental reimbursement e Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items e Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires e Roadside Assistance benefits There are several Ford ESP plans available in
45. This will automatically return the vehicle to the previously set speed Increasing speed while using speed control To set a higher speed e Press and hold SET until you get to the desired speed then release You can also use SET to operate the tap up function Press and release SET to increase the vehicle set speed in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the desired speed then press and release SET Reducing speed while using speed control To reduce a set speed e Press and hold SET until you get to the desired speed then release You can also us SET to operate the tap down function Press and release SET to decrease the vehicle set speed in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments e Press the brake pedal until the desired vehicle speed is reached then press and release SET Turning off speed control To turn off the speed control press and release OFF or turn off the ignition Note When you turn off the speed control or the ignition your speed control set speed memory is erased 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 148 Driver Controls STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS Audio control features Press the arrow buttons on the right side of the steering wheel to scroll through various menu selections in the infotainment display Press OK to select or deselect your choice Hands free control features Press to activate phone mode
46. Your factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle Refer to your authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite radio electronic serial number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is found on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options gt ESN Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal Your display may show ACQUIRING to interference indicate the interference an
47. anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat E between the cushion and seatback below the symbols as shown Follow 9 the child seat manufacturers mo instructions to properly install a aa 4 lt child seat with LATCH attachments I IS Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown WARNING Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 218 Seating and Safety Restraints Use of inboard lower anchors from the outboard seating positions center seating use The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches 450 mm apart The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches 280 mm center to center A
48. are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 306 Customer Assistance IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more
49. away from moving traffic Turn on the hazard lights Always set the parking brake to ensure the vehicle doesn t move unexpectedly Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws from the tire When using the temporary mobility kit leave the motor running so the compressor doesn t drain the vehicle s battery Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 minutes this will help prevent the compressor from overheating Never leave the temporary mobility kit unattended when it is operating Sealant compound contains latex Make sure that you use the non latex gloves provided to avoid an allergic reaction Keep the temporary mobility kit away from children Only use the temporary mobility kit when the ambient temperature is between 22 F 30 C and 158 F 70 C Only use the sealing compound before the use by date The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister bottle Note Check the use by date regularly and replace the canister after four years Do not store the temporary mobility kit unsecured inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or collision Always store the kit in its original location After sealant use the TPMS sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer When inflating a tire or other objects use the black air hose only Do not
50. be checked Visit www checkmytires org for additional information When your temporary spare tire is installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the TPMS will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel tire needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 242 Tires Wheels and Loading To restore the full functionality of the tire pressure monitoring system have the damaged road wheel tire repaired and remounted on your vehicle For additional information refer to Changing tires with a TPMS in this section When you believe your system is not operating properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended Please refer to the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system Low tire Possible cause Customer action required pressure warning light Solid warning Tire s 1 Make sure tires are at the proper light under inflated pressure See Inflating your tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 82 km h
51. caution when using any device or feature that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving Note Most of the audio features are controlled through the MyFord Touch system Refer to the MyFord Touch chapter for more information When you select A Power Press the power control to turn the system on and off B SOURCE Access different audio modes such as AM FM and A V Input 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 40 Entertainment Systems When you select C Seek Reverse Fast In radio mode select a frequency band and Forward press one of the seek buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction In SIRIUS mode select the previous or next channel If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc use the SEEK buttons find to the previous or next channel in the selected category In CD mode select the previous or next track Treble Bass Midrange Fade and Balance F TUNE TUNE In radio mode you can search the frequency band in individual increments In SIRIUS mode you can find the next or previous available SIRIUS satellite station Turn t
52. e phone and media System Settings Press the Menu icon gt Settings gt System then select from the following System settings Distance Units Temperature Units System Prompt Volume Touchscreen Beeps Keyboard Layout Install Applications Master Reset Voice Settings Customize the level of system interaction help and feedback Press the Menu icon gt Settings gt Voice Voice settings Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Short questions asked by the system when Prompts the system has not clearly heard or understood your request Note Even with confirmation prompts turned off you may be asked to confirm settings occasionally 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 104 MyFord Touch Media Candidate Candidate lists are possible results from your Lists voice commands If these are turned off the Phone Candidate system will simply make a best guess at your Lists request Voice Control Volume Allows you to adjust the voice volume level Media Player Settings Allows you to customize how the system will interact with your phone USB drive and portable media player 1 Press the Menu icon gt Settings gt Media player 2 Select from the following e Autoplay on off With this feature on the system will automatically switc
53. failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the stability control light will illuminate steadily Have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately The AdvanceTrac system automatically enables each time the motor is started All features of the AdvanceTrac system TCS and ESC are active and monitor the vehicle from start up However the system will only intervene if the driving situation requires it The AdvanceTrac system includes a stability control light in the instrument cluster The stability control light in the instrument cluster will illuminate temporarily during start up as part of a normal system self check or during driving if a driving situation causes the AdvanceTrac system to operate If the stability control light illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately When AdvanceTrac performs a normal system self check some drivers may notice a slight movement of the brake and or a rumble grunting or grinding noise after startup and when driving off When an event occurs that activates AdvanceTrac you may experience the following e A slight deceleration of the vehicle e The stability control light will flash e A vibration in the pedal when your foot is on the brake pedal e If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake the brake pedal may move as the systems applies higher brake forces You may also hear a whoosh of air from u
54. focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen 2 When prompted select Add 3 Select Add Device 4 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to ON and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode Refer to your phone s user guide if necessary 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 84 MyFord Touch 5 When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful 6 The system asks you if you want to download your phone book Depending on your phone s capability you may be prompted with additional options For more information on your phone s capability refer to your phone s user guide and visit the website Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and that the transmission is in P Park 1 Press the Menu icon gt Settings gt
55. freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 264 Driving SINGLE SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift lever is latched in P Park The single speed transmission is built specifically to handle the high RPM range that comes with an all electric motor P Park Note The vehicle can only be started in P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Press the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive The normal driving position for your vehicle The transmission operates in a single
56. gf 1st Printing USA fus 152 Driver Controls Erasing the Function Button Codes Note You can not erase individual buttons 1 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons eH flash rapidly Y 2 When the indicator lights flash release the buttons The codes for all buttons are erased Reprogramming a single button To program a device to a previously trained button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired button Do NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the button follow Step 1 in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Positive Retention Floor Mat e t gt AN WARNING Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the 3 foot well of your vehicle Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed Only use floor mats that are firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways e Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 153 WARNING Continued Always make sure that the floor mat
57. h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if supported by your phone You can press e View to view the text message e Listen for SYNC to read the message to you e Dial to call the contact e Ignore to exit the screen 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 88 MyFord Touch Phone Seitings Press Phone gt Settings or the Menu icon gt Settings gt Phone then select from the following settings If you select Bluetooth Devices Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth on off Turn Bluetooth on or off Do not disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle cabin With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside the cabin 911 Assist Turn 911 Assist on or off Refer to 911 Assist in the SYNC Services and Applications section Phone ringer Select what ring tone you would like to hear when you receive a call Choose from possible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone a beep text to speech or if you would like the notification to be silent Text message Select how you would like to be notified when notification you receive a text message if suppo
58. has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time This will minimize the discharge of your battery during storage To ensure proper operation of the battery management system BMS any electrical devices that are added to the vehicle should not have their ground connection made directly at the negative battery post A connection at the negative battery post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 324 Maintenance and Specifications Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle When a battery replacement is required the battery should only be replaced w
59. illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 364 Appendices You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the TeleNav Software to provide TeleNav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software License Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the TeleNav Software in object code form only in order to access and use the TeleNav Software This license shall terminate upon
60. illuminate steadily Selecting traction control on will turn off the stability control off light Steering Your vehicle is equipped with an Electric Power Steering EPS system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Under extreme usage conditions the steering effort may increase This occurs to prevent overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal The EPS system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the EPS system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected the following message STEERING ASSIST FAULT SERVICE REQUIRED STEERING FAULT SERVICE NOW STEERING LOSS STOP SAFELY may display in the multifunction display Refer to the Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information WARNING The EPS has diagnostics checks that continuously monitor the EPS to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected the message STEERING ASSIST FAULT SERVICE REQUIRED will be displayed in the message center If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off
61. in the battery to improve fuel economy The standard brake system is designed to fully stop the car if regenerative 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 257 braking is not available During regenerative braking the motor is spun as a generator to create electrical current This recharges the battery and slows the vehicle In effect once the accelerator pedal is released the motor changes from an energy user to an energy producer When the accelerator pedal is released or the brake pedal is applied the brake controller automatically detects the amount of deceleration requested and optimizes how much of the deceleration will be produced by regenerative braking The remaining portion is generated by standard friction braking When the battery is almost fully charged the amount of regenerative braking is limited to avoid overcharging and the requested deceleration is produced by standard friction braking alone Regenerative braking does not take the place of the standard friction brakes it only assists them Regenerative braking has also been designed to interact with the anti lock brake system Regenerative braking is disabled when the anti lock brake system is activated or the battery is fully charged Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce motor power If yo
62. increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 126 Climate Control Improving Vehicle Drive Range Your vehicle is equipped with a high voltage electric compressor and a high voltage electric heater You can increase your driving range by minimizing the amount of energy expended to cool or heat the interior during the drive e Press the brake pedal and power button while the vehicle is charging to switch the climate control system on This is beneficial because it draws as much power as possible from the wall charge and not the high voltage battery e Pre condition the interior temperature during vehicle charging reduces the battery energy use on the interior comfort and improves range See Convenience charging with MyFord mobile in the Charging Your High Voltage Battery chapter e Hot and cold temperatures make your vehicle use more energy to achieve and maintain a comfortable interior temperature Park the vehicle in the shade or in a parking structure when hot and in a garage when cold e Consider opening a window or windows to let fresh air circulate if weather conditions permit Maximum energy savings can be achieved by switching the climate system off Do this only if conditions exist for safe vehicle operation e Reduce fan speed e Set the AUTO temperature a couple degrees cooler
63. is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e winch out available within 100 feet 30 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e towing Ford and Lincoln eligible vehicles towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 km of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 km from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 km Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 276 Roadside Emergencies Vehicles sold in the U S Using roadside assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is found in the owner s information portfolio in the glove compartment U S Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 km To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford vehicle customers call 1 8
64. key functions as both a programmed key that operates the driver door lock activates intelligent access with push button start systems as well as a remote keyless entry transmitter A maximum of eight intelligent access keys can be programmed to your vehicle If your intelligent access keys are lost or stolen and you don t have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed Replacing coded keys can be very costly Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences Please visit an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 172 Locks and Security PERIMETER ALARM SYSTEM The perimeter anti theft system will warn you in the event of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle If there is any potential perimeter anti theft problem with your vehicle ensure ALL remote entry transmitters are taken to the authorized dealer to aid in troubleshooting Arming the system When armed this system will respond if unauthorized entry is attempted When unauthorized entry occurs the system will flash the park turn lamps and will sound the horn The system is ready to arm whenever the key is removed from the ignition Either of the following actions will prearm the
65. licensors and suppliers on the other hand The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada Queen s Printer for Ontario Canada Post Corporation GeoBase NT holds a nonexclusive license from the United States Postal Service to publish and sell ZIP 4 information United States Postal Service 2009 Prices are not established controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS United States Postal Service USPS and ZIP 4 The Data for Mexico includes certain Data from Instituto Nacional de Estad stica y Geograf a TERMS AND CONDITIONS License Limitations on Use You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal noncommercial purposes and not for service bureau timesharing or other similar purposes Except as otherwise set forth herein you agree not to otherwise reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws License Limitations on Transfer Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis 201
66. may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Do not use any irregular shaped CDs or discs with a scratch protection film attached CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels should not be inserted into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Audio System Warranty and Service Refer to the Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide for audio system warranty information If service is necessary see your dealer or qualified technician 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 45 Satellite Radio Information If Equipped Satellite Radio Channels SIRIUS broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www sirius com in the United States www siriuscanada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio Reception Factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radi
67. on or off e Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency e Engages automatically in MAX A C defrost and floor defrost G AUTO Touch to engage automatic operation then set the temperature using the temperature control The system automatically controls Fan speed Airflow distribution A C on or off Outside or recirculated air TO CAC O Rear defroster Touch to turn the rear window defroster and heated mirrors if equipped I Defrost Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice Touch again to return to the previous airflow selection When on defrost e Provides outside air to reduce window fogging e Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents J Manual controls Select any of the following airflow distribution modes e Floor Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents and provides outside air to reduce window fogging e Panel Distributes air through the instrument panel vents e Panel Floor Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents e Floor Distributes air through the demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents K Driver settings Depending on your vehicle and option package you may have the following features e Touch the red or blue arrow to increase or decrease the temperature e Touch
68. or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover Example only SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL SPARE 7145 80D16 420 KPA 60PS INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI y TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION gt A gt c QS m ki Fel a gt XXX XX XXXX XXXX TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY 1 TFRONT p TREA g NOMBRE DE PLACES y TOTAL 5 avant 1 ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 99 kg or Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou IRE CORESSION DES SEE OWNERS PNEU PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 PSI f INFORMATION A VOIR LE MANUEL EA P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 PSI DELUSAGER SPARE POUR PLUS DE Pe T145 90R17 415 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS o a XXX XX XXXX XXXX AL TTT IT XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 247 Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAW
69. or folder in random order Browse Browse the contents of the device It also allows you to search and play by genre artist album etc Similar Music Choose music similar to that which is currently playing 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 77 Options Select more settings Sound Settings allows you to adjust Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade THX Deep note demo if equipped DSP if equipped Occupancy mode if equipped and speed compensated volume Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device Update Media Index indexes the device each time it is connected to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings e Autoplay On Off When on the system automatically switches to the media source when first connected so you can listen to music that has been indexed When off the system does not automatically switch to the media source e Bluetooth Devices Connect disconnect add or delete a device Also set a device as your favorite so the system automatically tries to connect to it at every ignition cycle e Gracenote Database Info View the version level of the Gracenote Database e Gracenote Media Management When on this feature gets metadata information from the Gracenote Database for your music files
70. phone For more information about 911 Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment refer to the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off refer to the Roadside Emergencies chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 98 MyFord Touch Setting 911 Assist On Press the information button gt Apps gt 911 Assist then select 2 ON You can also access 911 Assist by e Pressing the Menu icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 Assist or e Pressing the Menu icon gt Help gt 911 Assist To Ensure that 911 Assist Works Properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident e A Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone has to be paired and connected to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U S Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would activate 911 Assist however if 911 Assi
71. pounds that can be carried by the tire Refer to the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 238 Tires Wheels and Loading M Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the ti
72. safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire Wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 231 Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended WARNING Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure etc the tires exper
73. safety defects Canada only o o ooo ooo o 311 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 4 Table of Contents Cleaning 312 Wasi x ac sets oo ARE EEE ne ae Sh a es Bee EP ae ah 312 Repairing minor paint damage 0002000 00 313 Cleaning the windows and wiper bladeS o 314 Maintenance and Specifications 318 Battery x 6 002 os a8 heey Sod oceans be Ge od 322 High voltage battery 2 2 20 A O a aa a E E 324 Charging the high voltage battery nnna aaaea aaa 325 Motor Electronics Coolant 0 20 0 aaae eee 331 Part numbers 644 dnc oe o Be ae SSG dS eed 336 Maintenance product specifications and capacities 337 Vehicle identification number oo oo o 339 Accessories 340 ACCESOO lt LA Go bed da lr a a te eee ae 340 Ford Extended Service Plan 342 Scheduled Maintenance 346 Normal scheduled maintenance and l08 o o o oooooo 351 Appendices 356 Index 374 The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted O Ford Mo
74. seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips Adjustable head restraints Your vehicle is equipped with front row head restraints that are vertically adjustable WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 174 Seating and Safety Restraints The adjustable head restraints consist of e a trimmed energy absorbing foam and structure A e two steel stems B e a guide sleeve adjust release button C e and a guide sleeve unlock remove button D To adjust the head restraint do the following 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving riding position 2 Raise the head restraint by pulling up on the head restraint A 3 Lower the head restraint by pressing and holding the guide sleeve adjust release button C and pushing down on the head restraint A Properly adjust the head r
75. settings for your rear view camera Press the Menu icon gt Vehicle gt Reverse camera then select from the following settings e Rear Camera Delay e Guideline e Visual Park Aid Alert Valet Mode Note If you are locked out and need to reset the PIN you can enter 3681 and the system unlocks Valet mode allows you to lock the system so that none of your information on the system can be accessed until it is unlocked with the correct PIN 1 Press the Menu icon gt Vehicle gt Valet Mode 2 Select Enable Valet Mode 3 When prompted enter a four digit PIN After you press Continue the system is locked until the correct PIN is entered again 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 103 Changing Your Door Keypad Code If Equipped To change the keypad code for your keyless entry keypad system 1 Press the Menu icon gt Vehicle gt Edit Door Keypad Code 2 Enter your current factory code then when prompted enter your new code Active Park Assist If Equipped When activated your system will display directions for you regarding the active park assist process For complete information on this system please refer to Active park assist in the Driving Aids chapter Settings Access and adjust system settings voice features as well as phone navigation and wireless settings Some of these settings can also be accessed with regard to their specific modes i
76. than you normally do on cold days and a couple degrees higher on hot days Use the heated seats on cold days to increase interior comfort e Switch the air conditioning system off in mild temperatures or low humidity conditions e Defrost mode automatically turns the air conditioning on to dehumidify the air and cannot be switched off If defogging or defrosting is not necessary select a non defrost mode and disengage air conditioning to extend vehicle range e Air conditioning and heating functions are automatically switched off unless in defrost mode when driving distance to empty is zero miles zero km The interior fan continues to operate however Touchscreen Features Your vehicle is equipped with a touchscreen system You can access climate features using the touchscreen and voice commands Refer to Touchscreen climate controls in the MyFord Touch chapter for more information 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Climate Control 127 REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER Note The vehicle must be in Ready to Drive for this feature to work The rear window defroster control is located on the climate control panel and works to clear the rear window of fog and thin ice Press G to turn the rear window defroster on An indicator light on the control will illuminate when active The rear window defroster turns off automatically after a predetermined amount of time if a low battery condition is d
77. that the fault is permanent The cord needs to be unplugged and re plugged to reset the fault If the fault persists contact your authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 327 Charge Port and Light Ring Note Do not force the charge port door open or closed Forcing the door open or closed will damage the charge port The light ring located around the charge port indicates the charge status of your battery while connected to a charge station or convenience cord The charge port light ring is divided into four quadrants that inform you of the charge status There is a cord acknowledgement feature that will be activated when a charge cycle is initiated The four light quadrants will each individually flash clockwise starting with the top right light and ending with the top left two full times confirming a charging coupler has been detected You can use your keyfob to view the vehicles charge status at any time by pressing the unlock button The light ring will light up the corresponding quadrant s so that the current state of the vehicles charge can be determined If the charge is below 25 percent the light ring will not illuminate Don t forget to press the lock button on your keyfob to re lock the vehicle Different sequences of the light ring will represent the status of the charge 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Prin
78. the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot G e driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valv
79. the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position TOWING A TRAILER WARNING Never tow a trailer with this vehicle Your vehicle is not equipped to tow No towing packages are available through an authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 251 RECREATIONAL TOWING Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational RV towing An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motor home In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle please refer to Wrecker towing in the Roadside Emergencies chapter These guidelines are designed to prevent damage to your vehicle Do not tow your vehicle with any wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise no recreational towing is permitted 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 252 Driving STARTING Power Modes e Accessory Press and release the power button without applying the brake pedal This powers your vehicle s electrical system and the warning lights in the instrument cluster illuminate but the electric mot
80. the central locking function fails to q operate the doors can be individually locked Mi Me using the key in the position shown On the driver s side turn the key clockwise to lock and on the passenger s side turn the key counterclockwise to lock 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 162 Locks and Security Autolock and Unlock If Equipped The autolock feature will lock all the doors when e all doors are closed e the ignition is on e you shift into any gear putting the vehicle in motion and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 4 mph 7 km h When autounlock is enabled all doors will unlock when the driver door is opened Enabling or Disabling Autolock and Autounlock Note Your authorized dealer can perform this procedure or you can do the procedure yourself To enable or disable these features do the following Note You will have 30 seconds to complete the procedure 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Press the power door lock button three times 3 Switch the ignition off 4 Press the power door lock button three times 5 Switch the ignition on The horn will chirp indicating the programming mode has been entered Autolock Once in programming mode each subsequent short press less than 1 second of the power door lock button will toggle autolock between on and off Autounlock Each subsequent long press more than 2 seconds of the power door lo
81. the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 214 Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA tus Seating and Safety Restraints 215 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out Note The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Sy 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt o
82. the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business Search and then Search Near Me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator You may also be prompted to speak with an operator The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 92 MyFord Touch 2 Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is complete the phone call is automatically ended If your vehicle is not equipped with the navigation feature e Turn by turn directions appear in the infotainment display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and also on the SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts e When on an active route you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you wan
83. the heated seat icon to control the heated seat if equipped Refer to the Seats chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 111 e Touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat if equipped Refer to the Seats chapter e Touch and hold MyTemp to select a temperature you would like the vehicle to remember and maintain for you e Touch the heated steering wheel icon if equipped to warm the steering wheel Note If your vehicle is equipped with a wood trimmed steering wheel it does not heat between the 10 o clock and 2 o clock positions Climate Control Voice Commands fm The following voice commands are available at the main menu 59 level of a voice session For example press the voice button and after the prompt Say a command say any of the following commands Climate control voice commands Climate automatic There are additional climate control commands but in order to access them you have to say Climate first then when the system is ready to listen you may say any of the following commands Additional climate control voice commands A C off Rear defrost off Defrost off Defrost on Recirc off Dual off Recirc on Fan decrease Temperature Fan increase Temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing US
84. the vehicle My GO Time Setting My GO times through the MyFord Mobile application allows you to set charging schedules and cabin preconditioning settings so your vehicle is ready to drive when you are By setting a My GO time the vehicles charge can be completed before your next set drive time A calendar view allows you to program two My GO Times per day for each of the seven days of the week Remember your vehicle must be plugged in for My GO time to work Cabin Preconditioning Get the most miles out of every charge by preconditioning your vehicle while it s still plugged in and charging Use your smart phone to set the cabin temperature and departure time before you leave so you use energy from your home wall outlet instead of your battery to heat or cool your vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 330 Maintenance and Specifications HIGH VOLTAGE SERVICE DISCONNECT The high voltage service disconnect shuts off power from the high voltage battery Disabling the High Voltage Battery Note There are two disconnect circuits in your vehicle Disconnecting one circuit will automatically disable the high voltage battery To disable the high voltage battery and stop all high voltage electric activity in the vehicle you can access one or both of the two high voltage disconnect circuits To do this you must unplug one of the circuits from the circuit ports connected to the battery T
85. time when the ignition is turned to the on position to confirm it is functional Note When the passenger airbag off light is illuminated the passenger seat mounted side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when the front passenger seat is unoccupied or a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected e When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the OFF lamp and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled If the child restraint has been installed and the passenger airbag status indicator illuminates the ON lamp then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the ON lamp and remain illuminated If a person of adult size is sitting i
86. to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice us button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button and after the tone say Bluetooth Audio then any of the commands in the following chart Note If your Bluetooth device supports streaming metadata all the commands below are available If your device does not only Next Pause Play and Previous are available Bluetooth voice commands Browse album Browse composer Play folder lt name gt lt name gt lt name gt Browse all albums Browse folder Play genre lt name gt lt name gt Browse all artists Browse genre Play playlist lt name gt lt name gt Browse all Browse genre Play podcast episode audiobooks lt name gt lt name gt lt name gt composers lt name gt 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 81 Bluetooth voice commands Browse artist Play audiobook Shuffle album lt name gt lt name gt Browse audiobook Play author lt name gt Shuffle off lt name gt Browse author Play composer What s this lt name gt lt name gt A V Inputs Your A V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio video source game syste
87. to the respective system warning light for additional information Note Some warning indicators are reconfigurable telltales RTT These indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning light but do not display on startup KE oo a a Cluster shown in standard measure metric clusters similar Stability Control System fa Displays when the AdvanceTrac9 Traction control is active If ZN the light remains on have the system serviced immediately Stability Control System Off a Illuminates when AdvanceTrac Traction control has been ce disabled by the driver Airbag readiness PTS If this light fails to illuminate when the ignition is turned on SN continues to flash or remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible A chime will sound when there is a malfunction in the indicator light 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 17 Anti lock brake system If the ABS light stays illuminated or continues to flash a 5 malfunction has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Normal braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is illuminated Brake system warning light OLO To confirm the brake system warning light is functional it will asa momentarily illuminate when the vehicle is switched on to accessory or Ready to Drive mode If it illuminates when you are driving ch
88. uorssrusuea Aue Sus apotyaa MOA ut peddinbe ATTeutst10 adA yue oo9 ay PPV epeueo 6V 9TASW ASM PA 19YSEM PIOSPUM epeueo Aqyent wunrmualg 4 pue q a V LE 0XO SN aJexquasuo SM V 28 0Z ISUSEM PISTSPUIM WNT JeINIOJOWW AT eNOOUdN ALV AT eNOOUdN Gera ping UOISSTUISUEIT CC PraL6N SSM pompad COED juejooo Ayquiessy pommbol se mq PM raysem ppryspum epeueo a TIdE DAD JUe 00 9z09 UY SM a TIdE DA ISUBIO gJJLIIIOJON ca Bence eerie queouqn y 1907 pue SA BUIYeIOUI eJe19 10 04 f SYOLI yeas yoye JUNIJ yore pooy Arexne yoyer pooy Yore 100q T EG6OMM ISH esea18 umur JUSreamba IO G TX 10 p DX asealy ISOAMAI TININ NE 9 SSeIO SZ6V OSI ayelg aye JOJO TOAT S I UO X VIA EV S9DIN SSM ATP LOG aduertojlag pue NIN Umg USIH Ye1910 0 uo nerds yu reamby Raai TEN P10 19qumyN Jed PIO H IO JWBN Leg PIO H p 9 I SAILIOVdVO GNV SNOILVY IIJdS LONGOYd JONVN3LNIVIA pmyy ayer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 338 Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING YOUR VEHICLE Safety Compliance Certification Label MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG REAR GAWR DATE XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXXL XXXXK PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE XXXXX XXXXX VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TYPE XXX UY AMY A A EXT PN
89. updated the None channels available for your vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 74 MyFord Touch CD Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen then select the D CD tab Shuffle Play the tracks in random order See disc information Options e Sound Adjust Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo if equipped DSP if equipped Occupancy Mode if equipped and Speed Compensated Volume settings e Compression Access compression settings You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable CD Voice Commands mm If you are listening to a CD press the voice button on the us steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the commands in the following chart Repeat off Repeat track Play next track Shuffle Play previous track Shuffle CD Play track lt 1 512 gt Shuffle folder Shuffle off Repeat folder WMA or MP3 only 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 75 SD Card Slot and USB Port SD Card Slot Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to
90. updates concconcoccccncccnncconanonos 121 Power distribution box Message center SEE EUSES sii 283 Warning Messages eee 29 Power door locks 00 161 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA tus 378 Index Power IMiTTOTS oocccnoccnncnonnnnnnnnns 144 S Powerpoint sessaseseyara an 141 Safety belts see Safety Power steering ieies 261 restraints e 185 187 189 Power Windows occocccionoccocinccnons 142 Safety defects reporting 311 Privacy information conoci 53 Safety ioe een acacia abun al Push button start system 253 da an Sano en extension assembly 189 Q for adults coccion 186 187 TOCATA mesi 208 Quick touch buttons 120 Occupant Classification SENSO is 183 R warning light and chime 190 Safety restraints Radio 39 A go A et ae Single CD oss 39 Safety seats for children 212 Safety Compliance A E AnS cota ES Certification Label 338 Rear view camera display 102 Satellite Radio 69 Rear view camera system 268 Satellite Radio Information 45 Receiving a text message 87 Scheduled Maintenance Guide Recommendations for Normal Scheduled attaching safety restraints for Maintenance and Log ltd 351 e serae renn reie 210 SD card usmine 5 12 RELAYS sustainable 278 SEAS aisla 173 Remote entry system 163 164 an a mirra a ted en ca 167 168 e P a e
91. vehicle s stopping distance The ABS will be activated immediately allowing you to retain steering control during hard braking and on slippery surfaces However the ABS does not decrease stopping distance Brake assist The brake assist system provides full braking force during panic braking situations It detects a rapid application of the brake pedal and uses the ABS system to achieve maximum braking pressure Once a panic brake application is detected the system will remain activated as long as the brake pedal is pressed or ABS is engaged The system is deactivated by either releasing the brake pedal or coming to a complete stop When the system activates noise from the ABS pump motor and brake pedal pulsation may be observed this is normal ABS warning lamp The ABS lamp in the instrument cluster momentarily 5 illuminates when the ignition is turned on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the ABS may be disabled and may need to be serviced OF Even when the ABS is disabled normal braking is still effective eevee if your BRAKE warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake released have your brake system serviced immediately Regenerative braking system Your vehicle uses a feature known as regenerative braking This is used to simulate the engine braking of an internal combustion engine and assist the standard brake system while recovering some of the energy of motion and storing it
92. vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 363 Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are like
93. wear depending on road conditions and driving styles Due to their design low profile tires and wheels are more prone to road damage from potholes rough or unpaved roads car wash rails and curb contact than standard tires and wheels Note Your vehicle s warranty does not cover these types of damage Tires should always be kept at the correct inflation pressures and extra caution should be taken when operating on rough roads to avoid impacts that could cause wheel and tire damage INFORMATION ABOUT UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has wr
94. wipers are turned off Rear window wiper washer Wiper WH Press the top of the switch to the first position for intermittent operation Press the top of the switch to the second position for normal operation Press the bottom of the switch to turn off Washer En Press the lever forward to operate the washer The wiper will operate for a short time and will activate once more after pausing to clear the rear window The rear wiper will automatically turn on to intermittent when you shift into R Reverse if the front wipers are activated 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 140 Driver Controls TILT TELESCOPE STEERING WHEEL f WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel when the vehicle is moving To adjust the steering wheel 1 Pull the lever down to unlock the steering column 2 While the lever is in the down position move the steering wheel up or down and in or out until you find the desired position 3 While holding the steering wheel in place pull the lever up to its original position to lock the steering column SUN VISORS Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror Cal Lift the cover to switch on the lamp CENTER CONSOLE AN WARNING Use only soft cups in the cupholder Hard objects can injure you in a collision Your vehicle has a variety of console features These may include e Cupholders e Utility compartment e Auxiliary AV connect
95. your vehicle please contact your dealer or visit our online store at Accessories Ford com U S only Ford Custom Accessories are available for your vehicle through your local Ford or Ford of Canada dealer Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly dealer installed Ford Custom Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories The accessories will be warranted for whichever provides you the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km whichever occurs first or e the remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact your dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Ford Licensed Accessories FLA are warranted by the accessory manufacturer s warranty Ford Licensed Accessories are fully designed and developed by the accessory manufacturer and have not been designed or tested to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements Contact your Ford dealer for details regarding the manufacturer s limited warranty and or a copy of the FLA product limited warranty offered by the accessory manufacturer For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle e When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or
96. 00 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Vehicles sold in Canada Getting roadside assistance Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 Vehicles sold in Canada Using roadside assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In Canada the card is found in the Warranty Guide in the glove box Canadian Roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage Please refer to your Warranty Guide or visit our website at www ford ca for information on Canadian services and benefits Canadian customers who need to obtain roadside information call 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS The hazard flasher control is located on the instrument panel UN by the radio Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists e Press the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash e Press the flasher control again to turn them off Note With extended use the flashers may run down your 12 volt battery 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 277 HIGH VOLTAGE SHUTOFF In the event of a crash e Take the same actions as you would take in a crash involving a gasoline powered vehicle exit the vehicle safely or await the assistance of an emergency re
97. 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 299 JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE 12 VOLT BATTERY ONLY WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Note This procedure is only for the low voltage 12 volt underhood battery only Do not attempt to jump start your high voltage battery Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Preparing Your Vehicle Note Your vehicle has a 12 volt battery that is easily accessible under the hood The 12 volt battery controls the switches and contacts that engage the high voltage battery The high voltage battery cannot be jumped with a standard 12 volt battery If your high voltage battery does not accept a regular charge your vehicle must be towed to your authorized dealership 1 Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle 2 Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 3 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles Stay clear of the motor cooling fan and other moving parts on both vehicles 4 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensu
98. 2 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 369 if a you retain no copies of the Data b the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement and c you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the original media e g the CD ROM or DVD you purchased all original packaging all Manuals and other documentation Specifically Multi disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof Additional License Limitations Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NT in a separate written agreement and without limiting the preceding paragraph your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement and you may not a use this Data with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch real time route guidance fleet management or similar applications or b with or in communication with including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs WARNING This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing circumstances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data any of which may lead to inco
99. 4 MyFord Touch ACCESSING AND ADJUSTING MODES THROUGH YOUR INFOTAINMENT DISPLAY The infotainment display A is located on the right side of your instrument cluster It allows you to view and make minor adjustments to active modes without taking your hands off the wheel For example e In entertainment mode you can view what is now playing change the audio source select presets and make some adjustments e In phone mode you can accept or reject an incoming call e In navigation mode if equipped you can view the current route or activate a route In surplus mode surplus or status is represented by either butterflies or a gauge The number of butterflies matches the current surplus or status distance up to a maximum of sixteen butterflies The more efficiently you drive the more butterflies or higher status display and vice versa See Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information When you enter or turn off the vehicle you have the opportunity to view charging status charge start and end times as well as the charging mode You can also switch your charging mode between Value Charge and Charge Now See Convenience charging with MyFord mobile in the High Voltage Battery chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 55 Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right side of your steering wheel to scroll through the available modes
100. 70 MyFord Touch Options Adjust more audio system settings Sound Settings allows you to adjust Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade THX Deep note demo if equipped DSP Gf equipped Occupancy mode if equipped and Speed compensated volume settings Set Category for Seek Scan allows you to select the desired category Rock Country etc and then use Seek or Scan to initiate a search for those channels Parental Lockout allows you to lock and unlock channels change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 Artist Title Alerts allows you to select Artists and Titles that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears on the screen you can choose to Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing on a satellite radio channel Note SIRIUS does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN is required when communicating with SIRIUS about your account 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 71 Satellite Radio Voice Comm
101. 95 67 5 72 5 kg 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 250 Tires Wheels and Loading e A final example for your vehicle with 1400 lb 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 lb 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib 99 kg the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 Ib No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 lb 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1400 440 900 60 Ib Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on
102. A fus 112 MyFord Touch ar If you have said Temperature you can say any of the commands in the following Temperature chart NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see your authorized dealer Note The SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and release it Do not attempt to pull the card out to remove it this could cause damage Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destination mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears Refer to Setting a destination To view the navigation map and the vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest gt Map Refer to Map mode 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 113 Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears Choose any of the following Destination selections My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest POD Emergency Freeway Entrance Exit 1 Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry the Go button appears once all the necessary informat
103. All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license e You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 357 DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS Speech Recognition If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expr
104. CLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both TeleNav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software and expressly condition
105. ENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF NT OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit NT from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject mat
106. Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 114 MyFord Touch POI Categories Your system offers a variety if POI Points of Interest categories Recreation amp Sports Health amp Medicine Within these main categories there are subcategories which contain more listings Subcategories Public Transit To expand these listings press the in front of the POI listing The system also allows you to sort the POIs alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr listings if available 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 115 cityseekr If Available Note cityseekr point of interest POD information is limited to approximately 154 cities 132 in the U S 13 in Canada and 9 in Mexico cityseekr is a service which provides additional information about certain POIs a i such as restaurants hotels and 4 attractions k When you have selected a POI the C l tys e e r location and information appear such as address and phone number If the POI is listed with cityseekr you also see information such as a brief description check in and check out times when the restaurant is open etc Press More Information for a longer review a list of services and facilities the average room or meal price as well as the website This screen displays the POI icon such as Hotel e Coffeehouse Food amp Drink Nightlife Attr
107. Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 362 Appendices Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the
108. Entertainment Phone ES Navigation Surplus You can make selections from the menu by using the OK button The selection menu expands and you are allowed different options e Press the up and down arrows to scroll through the modes e Press the right arrow to enter the mode e Press the left or right arrows to make adjustments within the chosen mode e Press OK to confirm your selection Note If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation Compass appears in the display instead of Navigation If you press the right arrow to go into the Compass menu you can see the compass graphic The compass displays the direction in which the vehicle is traveling not true direction i e if the vehicle is traveling west the middle of the compass graphic displays west north displays to the left of west though its true direction is to the right of west 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 56 MyFord Touch USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible respon
109. Gf found Restart the vehicle e Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness lamp is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness lamp remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system DO NOT attempt to repair or service the system take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistance section of this Owner s Manual Determining if the system is operational The system uses a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or a backup tone to indicate the condition of the system Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following ec o The readiness light same light for front and side airbag SA system will either flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e An information message will appear in the message center 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 202 Seating and Safety Restraints If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the ev
110. MyFord Touch 109 TOUCHSCREEN CLIMATE CONTROLS Press the lower right corner on the touchscreen to access your climate control features Depending on your vehicle line and option package your climate screen may look different than what is shown here A Power Touch to turn the system on and off Outside air cannot enter the vehicle when the system is off B J Q eo Passenger settings Touch DUAL to turn on the passenger side temperature control Touch the red or blue arrow to increase or decrease the temperature Touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat if equipped Touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat if equipped Fan speed Touch to increase or to decrease fan speed Recirculated air Touch to turn the recirculated air on or off which May reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior May help reduce odors from reaching the interior Engages automatically when MAX A C is selected May be engaged manually in any airflow mode except defrost May turn off in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce fog potential 110 MyFord Touch E MAX A C Touch to cool the vehicle with recirculated air Touch again for normal A C operation MAX A C e Distributes air through instrument panel vents e Is more economical and efficient than normal A C mode e May help reduce odors from entering the vehicle F A C Touch to turn the air conditioning
111. OL With speed control set you can maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal WARNING Do not use the speed control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved Using speed control The speed controls are located on the steering wheel The following buttons work with speed control CAN cancel RES resume Pull toward you to cancel or resume SET a set speed SET Press to set a speed or increase a set speed ON OFF Press to turn speed control on or off SET SET Press to decrease a set speed Setting speed control To set speed control 1 Press and release ON 2 Accelerate to the desired speed 3 Press and release SET 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 5 The indicator O light on the instrument cluster will turn on Note e Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up and down a steep hill e If the vehicle speed increases above the set speed on a downhill you may want to apply the brakes to reduce the speed e If the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed on an uphill your speed control will disengage 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 147 Disengaging speed control Pull CAN toward you and release or tap the brake pedal Disengaging the speed control will not erase previous set speed Resuming a set speed Pull RES toward you and release
112. Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 191 The driver s and front The Belt Minder feature will not passenger s safety belts are activate buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s or front The Belt Minder feature is activated passenger s safety belt is not the safety belt warning light buckled when the vehicle has illuminates and the warning chime reached at least 6 mph sounds for six seconds every 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes 25 seconds repeating for have elapsed since the ignition approximately five minutes or until switch has been turned to on the safety belts are buckled The driver s or front The Belt Minder feature is activated passenger s safety belt becomes the safety belt warning light unbuckled for approximately illuminates and the warning chime one minute while the vehicle is sounds for six seconds every traveling at least 6 mph 25 seconds repeating for 9 7 km h and more than approximately five minutes or until 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the safety belts are buckled the ignition switch has been turned to on The following are reasons most often given for not wearing safety belts All statistics based on U S data Reasons given Consider Crashes are rare events 36700 crashes occur every day The more we d
113. R Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 248 Tires Wheels and Loading e Example only MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO TE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG no GAWR XXXXL XXXXL XXXKG WITH x XXXX XX S XXXX XX AT XXX kPa XX PSLCOLD 4f AT XXX KPaXX P THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MO VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXX XXXXX EXT PNT XX RC XX DSO we TINTTR TIPPS TR TAXLE TR SPR XXXXX X
114. R ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER Gracenote 2007 FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 IC 1422A SYNCG2 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the ra
115. SA fus Maintenance and Specifications 325 CHARGING THE HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY WARNING Do not use the 120 volt convenience cord with an extension cord or adapter WARNING In Canada do not use the 120 volt convenience cord in commercial garages WARNING This equipment has arcing or sparking parts that should not be exposed to flammable vapors This equipment should be located at least 18 inches 80 mm above the floor Charging Equipment Note Your vehicle comes equipped with a standard 120 volt convenience cord located in your trunk storage compartment underneath the carpeted panel This allows you to charge the battery in your own garage using a standard 120 volt household outlet Using the standard 120 volt convenience cord takes up to 18 20 hours to completely charge from an empty battery Ford recommends upgrading to the optional 240 volt charging station for faster more efficient charging Use of a 240 volt charging station will take approximately 3 4 hours to fully charge a empty battery Note Your electrical source must meet certain requirements for the high voltage battery to charge The AC outlet must be a three prong 110 120 volt AC outlet that is properly grounded 15 20 amps or greater and in good condition The line also must be dedicated which means that no other appliances should be connected to the same circuit If a dedicated circuit is not used the circuit breaker could trip or open If a dedicate
116. SB or SD CARD Play playlist lt name gt What s this Play podcast lt name gt 1 If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card the system prompts you to specify what you would like to browse When prompted refer to the following Browse chart 2 These commands are only available in USB mode and are device dependent BROWSE Album lt name gt All video podcasts All albums All videos All artists Artist lt name gt All audiobooks Audiobook lt name gt All authors Author lt name gt All composers Composer lt name gt All folders Folder lt name gt All genres Genre lt name gt E y gt 7 my All music videos Podcast lt name gt These commands are only available in USB mode and are device dependent 33 3 All playlists TV show lt name gt y 3 y Ed EJ All movies Playlist lt name gt gt 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 80 MyFord Touch Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone To access press the lower left corner on the touchscreen then D select the BT Stereo tab Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands mm If you are listening
117. T y we XXX XX X XX XX XX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX XX RC XX DSO TINTTR PPS R TAXLE TTR SPR TXXXXX 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar the door latch post or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position Maintenance and Specifications 339 Vehicle identification number VIN The vehicle identification number is cos located on the driver side instrument panel Please note that in the graphic E XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information XXX X XXX X X X X XXXXXX 1 World manufacturer identifier 2 Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR Restraint O Devices and their location 3 Make vehicle line series body type 4 Engine type 5 Check digit 6 Model year 7 Assembly plant 8 Production sequence number 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 340 Accessories ACCESSORIES For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for
118. TY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR 09 22 09 10 of 19 Confidential GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 366 Appendices SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EX
119. This allows your Personal Safety System to distinguish between different levels of crash severity and modify the deployment strategy of the dual stage airbags and safety belt pretensioners 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 183 Driver s and or passenger seat position sensor The driver s seat position sensor allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the deployment level of the driver dual stage airbag based on seat position The system is designed to help protect smaller drivers sitting close to the driver airbag by providing a lower airbag output level Front passenger sensing system For airbags to do their job they must inflate with great force and this force can pose a potentially deadly risk to occupants that are very close to the airbag when it begins to inflate For some occupants like infants in rear facing child seats this occurs because they are initially sitting very close to the airbag For other occupants this occurs when the occupant is not properly restrained by safety belts or child safety seats and they move forward during pre crash braking The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary injuries is to make sure all occupants are properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are much safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front WARNING Air bags can kill or injure a child in a chil
120. This overrides information from your device The feature default is off e Cover Art Priority This feature retrieves cover art for your music files from either your device or the Gracenote Database The feature default is Device 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 78 MyFord Touch When you select Media Device Displays information about the device if Information connected and available Text Display Allows you to choose how you would like the information to display on screen To view song information such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen album art You can also press What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request SD Card and USB Voice Commands mm If you are listening to a USB device or an SD card press the us voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the commands in the following chart USB or SD CARD Play artist lt name gt Play video podcast episode lt name gt 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 79 U
121. Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 228 Tires Wheels and Loading INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company WARNING Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire perfor
122. WARNING Refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire and wheel assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly is defined as a spare tire or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 288 Roadside Emergencies 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do no
123. X X X XX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX _ XXXX XXXXXXX XX MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GUWR PNBV 200x LBAOXXKG FRONT GAWR PNBE AV 7 REAR GAWR PNBE AR XXXX XXXX B WITH AVEC TIRES PNEUS XX PXXXXK XXXX XXXXX XXXXXX RIMS JANTES XXxXXX AT A KPa PSI LPC xxx xx COLD A FROID woho VIN X00 AU mS TYPE 200 COMPLIES 20009 5xx x00 ap tama S TR TAXLE TTR TPR X XX X XXXX XXX A ooo0000xxxx XXX VXXXX 0000XX XX DATE xx xx WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 249 WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed X
124. XX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ib In metric units 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e Another example for your vehicle with 1400 lb 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 lb 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 lb 13 5 kg each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 lb Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 6 x 13 5 kg 635 4
125. _experiences HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 68 MyFord Touch Radio Voice Commands fm If you are listening to the radio press the voice button on the us steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the commands in the following chart lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt 530 1710 gt 1 Tf available 2 Tf you have said Browse refer to Browsing device content earlier in this section 3 If you have said Tune refer to the following Tune chart lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt i gt AM lt 530 1710 gt FM 1 preset lt gt AM preset lt gt Preset lt gt 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 69 FM lt 87 9 107 95 FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt Tf available SIRIUS
126. a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 100 MyFord Touch Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to automatically remind you to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle Diagnostic Information e Scheduled maintenance e Open Recalls and Field Service Actions e Unserviced items from vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer Making a Report To run a report by touchscreen touch the information button gt SYNC Apps gt Vehicle Health Report Za To run a report by voice command press the voice button on the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle Health Report Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you run a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle
127. a device as well as save it as a favorite Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle cabin With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside the cabin in the SYNC Services and Apps section Text Message Select how you would like to be notified when Notification you receive a text message if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent Internet Data Use this screen to make adjustments to your Connection internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the PAN personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to make adjustments to your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for additional information Manage Phonebook _ Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Display Call History Display call history If compatible 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 106 MyFord Touch Wireless amp Internet Your system is equipped with Wireless amp Internet features and settings To access press the Menu icon gt Settings gt Wireless and Internet From this screen you can select your e Wi Fi settings Bluetooth
128. a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color COLOR Fuse Mini Standard Maxi Cartridge Fuse link a maxi rating fuses fuses fuses cartridge fuses an Red Redi Yellow Blue Blue Natural Natural Natural Natural Tan Brown NEO EEN Er loa LA Blue Yellow Yelow SE E O A 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 279 Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located in the luggage compartment behind the left side wheel well Remove the fuse panel cover to gain access to the fuses R4 R3 R5 R2 R6 Ri Es CR oc ES E Em mao fas Cra E Fa Fee Fo Fa Cra Es cz Cro Crs 2 At The fuses are coded as follows En ETE BA Telematics control unit control unit SS A EEE po Fs Noted 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 280 Roadside Emergencies Location Rating Fa Noted Fa Notusea FM Noted Fi Noted Cid F Noted Cid Fiz Notusea Cid Fis Notusea Fa Notusea Fr Notusea Fa Noted Fra
129. accuracies in the SIRIUS Travel Link services or its use in vehicles SIRIUS Travel Link if activated can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts access the current weather map get accurate ski conditions and scores to current sports games Press the information button and then select Sirius Travel Link 2 then choose from any of the following services When you select Traffic On Route Identify traffic incidents on your route nearby Traffic Nearby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed Fuel Prices View fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle s location or on an active navigation route Weather View the nearby weather current weather or the 5 day forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to select from a listing of weather locations Sports Info View scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress times if available Ski Conditions View ski conditions for a specific area 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 95 SIRIUS Travel Link Voice Commands Note In order to use SIRIUS Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigatio
130. action 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple categories within the system When you are viewing additional information for hotels cityseekr will also tell you if the hotel has certain services and facilities using icons Hotel services and facilities Restaurant amp Business Center amp Handicap Facilities amp Laundry E Refrigerator P Wi Fi For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in out times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route Press the Menu icon gt Settings gt Navigation When you select Map Preferences Turn breadcrumbs on and off Choose how you want to view the turn list top to bottom or bottom to top Set the automatic parking POI notification When parking POI notification is on parking POI icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map if other POIs are also set for display 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFo
131. ag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 186 Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wea
132. ailure that will cause the vehicle to shut down or enter into limited operating mode It s Hot Outside Plug Vehicle in Displays when the ambient When Not in Use temperature is hot Plug in the vehicle to cool the high voltage battery for optimum performance It s Cold Outside Plug Vehicle in Displays when the ambient When Not in Use temperature is cold Plug in the vehicle to warm the high voltage battery for optimum performance Ready to Drive Displays when the vehicle is ready to drive Ready to Drive Budget set for xx Displays when the vehicle is ready to drive and you have not specified your next charge point through your vehicle navigation system Your budget is set for the current vehicle range estimate 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 33 Charging and Electrical System Action Descnption Message Budget Set for xx mi km Displays when your budget is reset because you have reached your charge point destination or you no longer have a charge point destination identified through your vehicle navigation system Your budget is set for the current vehicle range estimate ee not completely closed Liftgate Ajar Displays when the luggage compartment is not completely closed Hill Start Assist Message Action Description Hill start assist not available Displays when hill start assist is not available Contact your authorized deal
133. al vehicles L Low gear will produce a higher level of regenerative braking when your foot is off the accelerator pedal This is normal and will not damage your vehicle Reverse R Reverse gear Unique electric operating characteristics Your electric vehicle with its new technology behaves differently compared to a conventional vehicle or hybrid Here is a description of the major differences Battery The best battery performance and life comes when the high voltage battery is at a moderate temperature The high voltage battery is heated and cooled by a liquid cooling loop The high voltage battery consists of two packs one located under the rear seat and the second located behind the rear seat in the trunk of the vehicle Plugging In The electric vehicle must be plugged in to recharge the high voltage battery The vehicle is equipped with a high voltage charge port on the front left hand fender for charging The vehicle comes standard with a 120V convenience cord set which is located in the trunk This can be plugged into any standard electric outlet and will fully charge the high voltage battery in about 18 20 hours Ford has partnered with Best Buy to offer a 240V Leviton charger that is capable of fully charging the battery in 3 to 4 hours The charge port door is designed for convenient push push opening and closing Press on the door in the location of the indentation to open the door To close the door press in the same loc
134. alarm system e Press the lock control on the remote entry transmitter e Open a door and press the power door lock control to lock all the doors and then close the door Disarming the system You can disarm the system by any of the following actions e Unlock the doors by pressing the E control on your remote entry transmitter e Turn the ignition on or start the vehicle e If using a key in the driver s door to unlock the vehicle a chime will sound when you open the door and you will have 12 seconds to disarm the alarm system using any of the actions above otherwise the alarm will trigger Pressing the power door unlock control within the 11 second prearmed mode will return the vehicle to a disarmed state Triggering the anti theft system The armed system will be triggered if any door trunk or the hood is opened without using the key or the remote entry transmitter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 173 FRONT SEATS WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision WARNING Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or sudden stop WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the
135. amp system oo eee 128 side view mirrors power 144 bulb replacement A tein eee 145 OS dpi ne Motorcraft parts 317 336 headlamps aeaa Lag MyFord Touch system ca 48 headlamps flash to pass 129 MYKEY usada 155 instrument panel dimming 130 interior lamps 132 133 N replacing bulbs ooo 135 LATCH anchors ossessi Big Nevis Ain ATE sn ne Lights warning and indicator 16 Navigation voice commands 121 anti lock brakes ABS 256 Notifications 4 6 ccc sccastssdtctentan ty ocees 96 Listening to MUSIC conc 61 P Loading pictures sssrin 101 Load limits dr 245 Pairing other phones 84 Locks Pairing your phone eee 83 autolock ins 162 Pairing your phone for the ae A a asnan 163 first time scciscsesssseasdncciosiscosscenesotnes 83 oe a as 161 Parental MyKey Lubricant specifications 337 programming oo 155 LUE MULS s 2 cesetesddaeedeeeenresticeeins 298 Parking brake comic 257 M Parts o see Motorcraft parts 336 Making and receiving calls 84 Passenger Occupant MAP DVD Loading and Classification Sensor 000 183 Unloa dis vision ica 84 Phone settings oe 88 105 Map ICONS osas 119 Phone voice commands 89 Map MOE cooocccnoonnnncnoonnnononanancnnns 118 POT categories cccnooconcnnonnnnnonns 114 Map preferences ccooocccccnonnnnn nn 116 Point of Interest POD 114 Map
136. and cleaning under the blades t 1 Turn the ignition off before a E BL removing the wiper blade ms i 2 Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass 3 Squeeze the locking tabs to A release the blade from the arm and SA pull the blade away from the arm to remove it 4 Attach the new blade to the arm and snap it into place Lower the wiper arm and blade back to the windshield The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when the ignition is turned on Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 322 Maintenance and Specifications Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield Refer to the Vehicle Care chapter To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element Changing the rear window wiper blade if equipped To replace the rear wiper blade 1 Press the wiper blade against the glass with one hand and hold it 2 Pull the wiper arm away from the wiper blade to separate 4 1 3 To attach the new wiper to the wiper arm align the slot 1 and J cross pin 2 and firmly press the wiper arm into the wiper blade until eerie chek is eave 2 If you find this proce
137. and remove the head restraint refer to Adjustable head restraints at the beginning of this chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 180 Seating and Safety Restraints Folding the Rear Seats Note Before lowering the seatback s remove the outboard head restraints To lower the seatback s from inside the vehicle do the following Qu 1 Press the unlock buttons 1 po down 2 Push the seatback forward Note Your vehicle may have split seatbacks that must be folded individually 3 Stow the safety belt in the belt stowage clip This will prevent the safety belt from getting caught in the seat latch 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 181 When raising the seatback s make sure you hear the seat latch into place and that no red portion is visible on the release button on both sides a Flip up seat cushions if equipped WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback Make sure that the safety belt is not laying on the seat latch After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision For additional cargo space flip the seat cushions up before folding th
138. ands If you are listening to SIRIUS satellite radio press the voice us button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to SIRIUS satellite radio press the voice button and after the tone say Sirius then any of the commands in the following chart lt 0 233 gt lt Channel name gt Preset lt gt SAT SAT 1 SAT 1 preset lt gt SAT preset GS 1 If you have said Sports game refer to the following Sports game chart 2 If you have said Tune refer to the following Tune chart TUNE lt 0 233 gt lt Channel name gt SAT 1 SAT oF SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt SAT 1 preset lt gt 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 72 MyFord Touch SIRIUS Satellite Radio Information Note SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 om service that broadcasts a variety of SAT Bb bo Te RA D io music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming
139. ant Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service Ford Motor Company and the vendors it uses to provide you with this information do not store your vehicle travel information For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See your SYNC supplement for more information MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that you use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect us
140. aracteristics will help ensure optimal performance from your new vehicle Normal vehicle operation Starting The vehicle is equipped with a Passive Entry Passive Start PEPS system The key fob must be inside the vehicle in order to start the vehicle Press the start button while your vehicle is in P Park with your foot on the brake pedal The startup sequence will display on the cluster and 8 inch center stack screen and the green ready to drive indicator light will appear in the instrument cluster letting you know that the vehicle is ready for driving Driving The electric vehicle driver controls operate the same as a traditional automobile and the vehicle is designed to be driven in the full range of traffic and weather conditions You will likely notice the lack of sound when driving the electric vehicle which is due to the lack of an internal combustion engine 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Introduction 7 Stopping The vehicle is equipped with a regenerative braking system Slowing the vehicle adds charge to the high voltage battery which improves vehicle range Transmission Operation This electric vehicle is equipped with a single speed transmission Torque is delivered to the wheels seamlessly without shifting associated with a normal automatic transmission Neutral N Neutral gear Low L Low gear is designed to mimic the enhanced engine braking available in convention
141. are kept with the vehicle and confirmation of the work performed is always recorded in this guide Your dealer has factory trained technicians who can perform the required maintenance using genuine Ford parts They are committed to meeting your service needs and to assuring your continuing satisfaction Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that will pay dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems it is imperative that scheduled maintenance be completed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That s why it s important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information Ford strongly recommends the using only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized remanufactured replacement for parts because they are
142. ate is ajar If the liftgate is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines Gf enabled have been removed when the liftgate is ajar WARNING Use caution when turning ON or OFF camera features while in R Reverse Make sure the vehicle is not moving If the back end of the vehicle is hit or damaged then check with your authorized dealer to have your rear video system checked for proper coverage and operation Night time and dark area use At night time or in dark areas the camera system relies on the reverse lamp lighting to produce an image Therefore it is necessary that both reverse lamps are operating in order to get a clear image in the dark If either of the lamps are not operating stop using the camera system at least in the dark until the lamp s are replaced and functioning Servicing e If the image comes on while the vehicle is not in R Reverse have the system inspected by your authorized dealer e If the image is not clear check if anything is covering the lens such as dirt mud ice snow etc If the image is still not clear after cleaning have your system inspected by your authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 273 BLIND SPOT MIRRORS Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex spotter mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the outside mirrors They are designed to assist the driver by increas
143. ation you may say any of the above commands or commands in the following Navigation chart 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 122 MyFord Touch lt nametag gt lt POI category gt Favorites 4 Help If you have said Destination you may say any of the commands in the Destination chart If your vehicle is equipped with the SD card navigation feature you have the ability to enter in a street address using a feature called one shot destination street address When you say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Climate Control 123 DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DATC SYSTEM 11 12 1 2 3 Temperature conversion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius Press MENU gt Display Settings gt Temp Setting If your vehicle is equipped with the touchscreen system press Menu gt Settings gt System gt Temperature 1 Press to turn the system on or off W 2 Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents MM and demister vents Can be used to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice Auto
144. ation until the door has rotated back into position and clicked into place To charge the vehicle open the charge port door and plug the charging coupler into the charge port receptacle You will know the connection has been made when the charge port light ring illuminates the quadrants individually The light ring will then display battery state of charge in 25 increments Braking Your electric vehicle is equipped with standard hydraulic braking and regenerative braking Regenerative braking is performed by your transmission and it captures brake energy and stores it in your high voltage battery This system greatly improves driving range especially in stop and go city traffic 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 8 Introduction Driving to optimize range between charges Your range should improve throughout your electric vehicle s break in period Range like fuel economy in a standard vehicle can be significantly impacted by your driving habits and accessory usage For best results keep in mind these tips Tire Inflation Keep tires properly inflated and only use recommended size Drive Habits Aggressive driving increases the amount of energy required to move your vehicle In general better range is achieved with mild to moderate acceleration and deceleration Also this vehicle has the longest range when driving at slower speeds When practical driving on surface streets instead of hig
145. auses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 58 MyFord Touch Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction which uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback Interaction Mode Novice mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Phone Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are a list of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command To access these settings using the touchscreen Press the Menu icon gt Settings gt Voice Control Select from Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts Media Candidate Lists Phone Candidate Lists Voice Control Volume e o o e mo To access these settings using voice commands
146. available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is activated although it does not scan for HD2 through HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast Hear the next strong radio station If the current station has multiple digital broadcasts the multicast indicator appears Press Seek repeatedly to advance through all available broadcasts If you are on the last multicast channel press Seek to advance to the next strong station Tune Go up and down the frequency in individual increments If the current station has multiple digital broadcasts the multicast indicator appears Press Tune repeatedly to advance through all available broadcasts If you are on the last broadcast channel turn to advance to the next frequency on the band To save a multicast When the channel is active on screen press station as a preset and hold a memory preset slot on the right of the screen until the sound returns There is a brief mute then the sound returns signifying it was saved When recalling a HD2 or HD3 memory preset there is a mute before the digital audio is played as the system must once again acquire the digital signal As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 66 MyFord Touch HD Radio Reception and Station Trou
147. ay have a tilting feature for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following g e 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving riding I position 2 Tilt the head restraint forward by gently pulling the top of the head restraint Once it is in its forward most position tilting it forward once more will release it to the upright position Note Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted Instead continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position MANUAL SEATS A WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving f WARNING Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged Moving the Seat Backward and Forward 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 176 Seating and Safety Restraints Adjust the Height of the Driver s Seat Recline Adjustment WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 177 POWER SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt re
148. ay subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in Vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel General operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel 2012 Focus
149. b Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 360 Appendices laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD
150. better about taking a risk on your used vehicle Ford ESP may add resale value Plus exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including e Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts e Out of fuel and lock out assistance e Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car e Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan 343 Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford ESP Service Contract With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Avoid the rising cost of properly maintaining your vehicle Ford ESP also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive care and replacement of items that require periodic attention for normal wear e Wiper blades e Brake pads and linings Spark pings except e Shock absorbers California e Clutch disc e Belts and hoses Contact your selling Ford or Lincoln dealership today so they can customize a Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your driving lifestyle and budget Interest free finance options available
151. bleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 through HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stay muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When a Station is first received aside from HD2 through HD7 multicast stations the system first plays the station in the analog version and then if receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital This shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog is known as blending In order to provide the best possible experience a contact form has been developed to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Every station is independently owned and operated These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate See the following chart for potential station issues 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 67
152. ce that is appropriate for their age height and weight All children are shaped differently The child height age and weight thresholds provided are recommendations or the minimum requirements of law The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA provides education and training to ensure that all children ages 0 to 16 are properly restrained in the correct restraint system Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and your pediatrician to make sure your seat is appropriate for your child and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot sov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation your local St John Ambulance office at http www sfa ca or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Follow all the safety restraint and airbag precautions that apply to adult passengers in your vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 212 Seating and Safety Restraints If the child is the proper height age and weight as specified by your child safety seat or booster manufacturer fits the restraint and can be restrained properly then restrain the child in the child safety seat or with the belt
153. chapter If your charge cord is not connected and there is not a fault with the associated electrical system the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly the following procedure will allow you to move the gearshift lever from P Park 1 Apply the parking brake turn the ignition key to the off position and remove the key 2 Using a screwdriver or similar tool carefully pry off and remove the passenger side access cover Remove the fastener then remove the console side panel to expose the inside of the shifter assembly 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 263 3 Locate the brake shift interlock lever on the passenger side of the shifter assembly 4 Apply the brake pedal Using a screwdriver or similar tool press and hold the white brake shift interlock lever forward while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P Park position and into the N Neutral position PN Da 5 Reinstall the console side panel and attach the fastener 6 Reinstall the access cover 7 Apply the brake pedal start the vehicle and release the parking brake See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working WARNING When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll
154. child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches 280 mm center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to the vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases Combining safety belt and LATCH lower anchors for attaching child safety seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Refer to Recommendations for attaching child safety rest
155. ck button will toggle autounlock between on and off Note The autounlock feature can be enabled or disabled independently of the autolock feature 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 163 CHILD SAFETY LOCKS e When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside e The rear doors can be opened from the outside when the childproof door locks are set but the doors are unlocked The childproof locks are located on the rear edge N gt of each rear door and must be set separately for s each door Setting the lock for one door will not automatically set the lock for both doors e On the driver side turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock e On the passenger side turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM FCC ID LXP RX4318 IC 2298A RX4318 The intelligent access keys IA key comply with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33
156. cle when you either enter the vehicle or shift the vehicle into gear Prior to the stall the vehicle will have administrative privileges When you restart the vehicle the vehicle will identify the user as an admin or MyKey driver depending on the settings of the actual key used to start the vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 159 Note For all vehicles the number of MYKEY S PROGRAMMED or ADMIN KEYS PROGRAMMED that is displayed in the MyKey system status menus may include the non Ford approved remote start system as an additional key in the total count See the Checking system status section For all vehicles with a non Ford approved remote start installed it is possible to program all real keys as MyKeys in which case you will need to use your remote start system to clear all MyKeys which removes all restrictions and returns them to admin key status by doing the following 1 Enter the vehicle and close all doors 2 Remote start the vehicle using your non Ford approved remote start fob 3 Follow Steps 1 3 in the Clearing all keys section MyKey Troubleshooting Potential Causes I cannot program a e The key does not have admin privileges key e The key is the only admin key there always has to be at least one admin key e The intelligent access key is not held close enough to the steering column e SecuriLock passive anti theft system is di
157. closed or if the hood is not closed on vehicles equipped with a perimeter alarm or remote start the horn will chirp twice and the lamps will not flash Car Finder Press the button twice within three seconds The horn will Ay chirp and the turn signals will flash It is recommended that this method be used to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Sounding a Panic Alarm If Equipped Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off Press the button to activate the alarm Press the button again d or turn the ignition on to deactivate Opening the luggage compartment Press twice to open the luggage compartment Ensure that the trunk is closed and latched before driving your vehicle Failure to properly latch the trunk may cause objects to fall out or block the driver s rear view Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board Note Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter from the vehicle The transmitter should operate normally The remote control uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 167 Intelligent Access Transmitter 1 Remove the backup key from the transmitter 2 Twist a thin coin in the sl
158. compound contains latex To avoid any allergic reactions use the non latex gloves located in the accessory box on the underside of the temporary mobility kit housing Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall stop and call roadside assistance 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 2 Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing 3 Remove the tube cap and fasten the metal connector of the tube to the tire valve turning clockwise Make sure the connection is tightly fastened 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 293 4 Plug the power cable into the 12V power point in the vehicle P 5 Remove the warning sticker found on the canister and place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash 6 Note Start the motor only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well ventilated area 7 Turn dial 1 counterclockwise to the sealant position Turn on the kit by pressing the on off button 2 8 Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on the tire label located on the driver s door or the door jamb area Note When the sealing compound is first added into the tire the air pressure gauge reading on the compressor unit may indicate a higher value this is normal and should be no reason for concern The pressure will drop after about 30 seconds of operation Th
159. ctivated after 30 seconds or three minutes if any door is open 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Lighting 129 High beams de e Push the lever toward the instrument panel to activate Push the lever toward the C instrument panel again or pull the lever towards you to deactivate Flash to pass e Pull toward you slightly to activate C and release to deactivate y DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS DRL IF EQUIPPED WARNING Always remember to turn on your headlamps in low light situations or during inclement weather The system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision The system turns the headlamps on To switch the system on switch the vehicle to Ready to Drive mode and switch the headlamp control to the off or parking lamp position 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 130 Lighting PANEL DIMMER CONTROL Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel and all applicable lit components in the vehicle during headlamp and parking lamp operation e Tap the right control to brighten all interior lit components incrementally or Press and hold the right control until the desired lighting level is reached e Tap the left control to dim all interior lit components incrementa
160. d Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width D R Indicates a radial type tire 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 236 Tires Wheels and Loading E 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter F 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law G H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on a
161. d and if enough water is present the vehicle may stall If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims Once through the water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 275 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles sold in the U S Getting roadside assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours seven days a week e for the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner manual portfolio Roadside assistance will cover e a flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit e battery jump start e lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5L of gasoline or 5 0 gallons 18 9L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service
162. d can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 241 replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to conti
163. d circuit is not available contact a licensed professional electrician for proper installation 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 326 Maintenance and Specifications Note The vehicle must be in P park to charge the high voltage battery Make sure that the 120 volt convenience cord is completely unwound before charging Always plug the cord into the AC outlet before connecting the charging coupler into the vehicle s charge port receptacle The 120 volt convenience cord inline control box has three indicator lights that represent the charging status power charge and fault The charge port is located between the front left side door and front left wheel well There is an indentation located on the charge port door that allows you to press to open and press to close the door Power green light this indicator lights up when the cord is plugged into the AC wall outlet Charge green light Indicates status of charging e No light means the cord is not connected to the vehicle e Blinking light means that the charging is in process e Solid light means that the vehicle is connected but not charging Fault red triangle light Lights up in case of a detected failure No charging is possible e Blinking red triangle light means that the 120 volt convenience cord is trying to reset the failure and could restart the charging cycle e Solid red triangle light means
164. d seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back WARNING Always transport children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position and always properly use appropriate child restraints The front passenger sensing system can automatically turn off the passenger front airbag The system is designed to help protect small child size occupants from airbag deployments when they are improperly seated or restrained in the front passenger seat contrary to proper child seating or restraint usage recommendations Even with this technology parents are STRONGLY encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor also turns off the airbag when the passenger seat is empty to prevent unnecessary replacement of the airbag s after a collision When the front passenger seat is occupied and the sensing system has turned off the passenger s frontal airbag the pass airbag off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is off See Front passenger sensing system in the Airbag supplemental restraints SRS section of this chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 184 Seating and Safety Restraints Front safety belt usage sensors The front safety belt usage sensors detect whether or not the driver and front outboa
165. d the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h Vehicle at Top Speed of MyKey Displays when a MyKey is in use Setting and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle reaches 80 mph 130 km h Check Speed Drive Safely Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the optional setting is on and the vehicle exceeds a preselected speed and Belt Minder is activated MyKey Park aid cannot be Displays when a MyKey is in use deactivated and park aid is activated Check Park Aid Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse and the park aid is disabled Rear Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 37 Power Steering Message Action Description Service Power Steering The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service See your authorized dealer Service Power Steering Now The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system that requires service immediately See your authorized dealer Power Steering Assist Fault The power steering system has disabled power steering assist due to a system error See your authorized dealer Remote Start Message Action Description Remote Start Active Displayed when the remote start system is active Action Description Transmission not in Park Select P Displays as a reminder to shift i
166. d the audio system may mute 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 73 SIRIUS troubleshooting tips Radio Display Possible Action Acquiring Radio requires more None This message than two seconds to should disappear produce audio for the shortly selected channel Sat Fault SIRIUS Internal module or If this message does not system failure system failure present clear shortly or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel Channel no longer Tune to another available channel or choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at available for this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal Loss of signal from the The signal is currently SIRIUS satellite or being blocked When SIRIUS tower to the you move into an open vehicle antenna area the signal should return Updating Update of channel None The process may programming in take up to three progress minutes Call SIRIUS Satellite service has Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 been deactivated by 1 888 539 7474 to SIRIUS Satellite Radio reactivate or resolve subscription issues No Channels Available All the channels in the Unlock or unskip the selected category are channels using the locked or skipped channel guide Subscription Updated SIRIUS has
167. device DEVICE that includes software licensed by FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THRID PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold
168. dicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The numbers that are highlighted signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Any additional multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only broadcast digitally TAG allows you to save a song to download later When you are on an acquired HD Radio station the TAG button is available provided the feature has been turned on To use the tag feature 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG On 2 When you hear a song you like touch TAG 3 The system automatically saves the song s information and transfers it to your portable music player if supported when it is connected to the system If your music player is connected at the time the system automatically transfers the tag to your player and a pop up confirms the transfer 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you to be reminded of the song The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging refer to www SYNCMyRide com or www syncmaroute ca 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 65 When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions When you select Scan Hear a brief sampling of all
169. dio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 374 Index 911 ASSIS cti 97 fluid CHECKING sarsrecrscrenss 334 A Automatic transmission 264 fluid refill capacities 337 Accessing and using your fluid specification 0 337 USB DOLE aman ibid 75 Auxiliary Input Jack 79 Accessing your calendar 96 Auxiliary input jack Accessory delay o oo 143 A a 40 Adding pairing a phone 84 Auxiliary powerpoint 141 AdyanceTrac 5 1 cerisiesservonsvesveivess 258 A V PUTS erneieren isti 81 Airbag supplemental restraint St een 194 202 204 B and child safety seats 196 description 194 202 204 Batte esaea 322 A 207 acid treating emergencies 322 driver airbag iran 196 203 205 jumping a disabled battery 299 indicator light 201 207 maintenance free o 322 operation s s s 196 203 205 1 ificati passenger airbag 196 203 205 oo DS a side ATLAS civic 202 O et traction battery pack Air conditioning s es 123 ASSCIMDLY ooien 324 Air filter CABIN sisirain 336 Belt Minder cnc 190 Ambient mood lighting 133 Blind spot MITOY cc eee 273 ee e
170. ds is a great way to help keep your vehicle running great Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient How s that for quality service Factory trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford and Motorcraft branded replacement parts These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Company s specifications and we stand behind them Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 12 month 12 000 mile 20 000 km parts and labor limited warranty Your dealer can give you details Value Shopping for Your Vehicle s Maintenance Needs Your dealership recognizes the competitive landscape of maintenance and light repair automotive services With factory trained technicians and one stop service from routine maintenance like oil changes and tire rotations to repairs like brake service check out the value your dealers can offer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 348 Scheduled Maintenance Owner Checks and Services Certain basic maintenance checks and inspections should be performed by the owner or a service technician at the intervals indicated
171. dure too difficult please see your dealer LOW VOLTAGE BATTERY WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation AN WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 323 WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service Note If your battery
172. e allows you to tag a song to download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD radio is active You can press TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information is transferred if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you d like to download Refer to HD Radio information later in this chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 64 MyFord Touch HD Radio Information If Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver which allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When this feature is enabled and you are tuned to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen HD logo blinks when a digital station is being acquired and is HD solid when digital audio is playing When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen Multicast in
173. e seatback This feature is only available on vehicles with a split folding seatback PERSONAL SAFETY SYSTEM The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints e Front safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 182 Seating and Safety Restraints e Driver s and or passenger s seat position sensor e Front crash severity sensor e Front passenger sensing system e Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp e Restraints Control Module RCM with impact and safing sensors e Restraint system warning message e The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor and indicator lights How does the Personal Safety System work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety de
174. e cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly information section for description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For full size and dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly information section for description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 230 Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE CARE Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your
175. e cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning 315 INSTRUMENT PANEL INTERIOR TRIM AND CLUSTER LENS Clean the instrument panel interior trim areas and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens e Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Damage may not be covered by your warranty WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering whe
176. e eee ee ss 62 Booster Seats sssrini 221 Anti lock brake system see Brakes ocoooococinoncccccnonnnncoo 256 ae AA A Anti theft SYSTEM sriain 170 172 anti lock brake system ABS arming the system 171 172 warning light cin 256 disarming a triggered fluid checking and adding 334 system E A 172 fluid refill capacities 387 A 172 fluid specifications 337 Audio system lubricant specifications 337 Single CD vices 39 parking cocncnnarnonnnninaninnnrennionasos 257 Audio system see Radio 39 shift o di 262 Automate tesa Break in period conoconccnnonnnncnnnnoss 6 fluid Adding muaa 334 BUlDS errnit 134 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Index 375 C refill capacities 337 specifications 2 0 cece 337 Capacities for refilling fluids 337 Cruise control Cargo management system 154 see Speed control mc 146 CO as 39 Customer Assistance cm 275 Ford Extended Service CODAE camaron 74 O 342 345 CD voice commands 06 74 Getting assistance outside the U S and Canada 308 Cell phone use rd e 13 Getting roadside asistance 275 Changing DIES ad 287 Getting the service you Child safety seats 00 0 attaching with tether A IN ATONE SCAG sd a IN rear SOCAL conan tancias LATCH 200 ana recommendations 5 Child safety seats booster seats o
177. e maximum driving distance is 120 miles 200 km The sealed tire should be inspected immediately Note After sealant use the TPMS sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer You can check the tire pressure any time within the 120 miles 200 km by performing the procedure from Second stage Checking tire pressure listed previously 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 296 Roadside Emergencies Removal of the sealant canister from the temporary mobility kit q 1 Unwrap the clear tube from the N compressor housing 2 Locate the yellow cap at the end Y of the clear tube YV 3 Using the yellow cap tool press the tab located on the temporary mobility kit compressor housing while pulling up on the sealant canister 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 297 Installation of the sealant canister to the temporary mobility kit 1 Align the sealant canister with the temporary mobility kit housing 2 Once aligned seat the sealant canister by lightly pushing down until you hear an audible click 3 Wrap the clear tube around the compressor housing o W r Note If you experience any difficulties with the removal or installation of the sealant canister consult your Ford Motor Company authorized dealer for assistance 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob O
178. e of electronic devices while driving 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 14 Introduction SYMBOL GLOSSARY WARNING You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Symbol Symbol Symbol Battery ES Battery acid Brake system ap Cabin air filter petroleum base Check fuel Child Safety Child seat cap Door Lock lower anchor and Unlock Child seat x Do not open tether anchor when hot Engine Engine coolant coolant temperature Fan warning Fasten safety belt Introduction 15 Fuel pump reset Heated rear window Power steering fluid Service engine soon Windshield defrost and demist Fuse compartment Interior luggage compartment release Low tire pressure warning Parking aid system Power windows front and rear Side airbag Windshield washer and wiper Hazard warning flasher Maintain correct fluid level Parking brake system Power window lockout Stability control 16 Instrument Cluster WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS These indicators can alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious enough to cause expensive repairs Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any light remains on after starting the vehicle refer
179. e replaced Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately Note Keep brake fluid clean Contamination with dirt water petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure Checking single speed transmission The transmission does not have an underhood transmission fluid dipstick Your transmission does not consume fluid It is designed to be filled for life However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Note Transmission fluid should be checked and if required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for an extended period of time 30 days or more refer to the following maintenance recommendations to ensure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to compo
180. e responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fo
181. e tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 294 Roadside Emergencies 9 When the recommended tire pressure is reached turn off the kit by pressing the on off button disconnect the kit from the tire valve and the power point Re install the valve cap on the tire valve place the tube cap on the metal connector and return the kit to the stowage area 10 Note Immediately and cautiously drive the vehicle 4 miles 6 km to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire Do not exceed 50 mph 80 km h Note If you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise while driving reduce your speed until you can safely pull off to the side of the road to call for roadside assistance Note Do not proceed to the second stage of this operation 11 After 4 miles 6 km stop and check the tire pressure See Second stage Checking tire pressure Second Stage Checking Tire Pressure WARNING If you are proceeding from the First stage Reinflating the tire with sealing compound and air section and have injected sealant in the tire and the pressure is below 20 psi 1 4 bar stop and call roadside assistance If tire pressure is above 20 psi 1 4 bar continue to the next step WARNING The power plug may get hot after use and should be handled carefully while unplugging Check the ai
182. e your vehicle s directional stability during adverse maneuvers for example when cornering severely or avoiding objects in the roadway ESC operates by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and if necessary reducing power if the system detects that the vehicle is about to skid or slide laterally During ESC events the stability control light in the instrument cluster will flash Certain adverse driving maneuvers may activate the ESC system which include but are not limited to e Taking a turn too fast e Maneuvering quickly to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle e Driving over a patch of ice or other slippery surfaces e Changing lanes on a snow rutted road e Entering a snow free road from a snow covered side street or vice versa e Entering a paved road from a gravel road or vice versa 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 261 Switching off traction control If the vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand and seems to lose power switching off the traction control feature of the AdvanceTrac system may be beneficial because the wheels are allowed to spin This will restore full power and will enhance momentum through the obstacle The traction control system can be turned off through the message center See Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information If you switch off the traction control the stability control off light will
183. easing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in the vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a collision Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on ensure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If 911 Assist is turned on or off by any user that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off a voice message plays and or a display message icon comes on when the vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled
184. ecifications chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 352 Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Schedule Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace DEALER VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace DEALER VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAcE 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace DeaLer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE DEALER VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE DEALER VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fu
185. eck that the parking brake is not engaged If the parking brake is not engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer as soon as possible Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury High voltage battery low or depleted RTT e Amber Illuminates when the battery level is low May also be i accompanied by a message suggesting the driver reduce usage of the climate system e Red Illuminates when the battery level is depleted The vehicle must be charged before it will operate If you are driving when this occurs and cannot make it to a charge point stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it towed to a charge point Charging system RTT Tluminates when the 12 volt battery is not charging properly E Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible This indicates a problem with the electrical system or a related component Door ajar RTT a Displays when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 18 Instrument Cluster High beams Es I
186. ecting the environment Correct A vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 6 Introduction CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Note Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate for more information Breaking in your vehicle Your vehicle does not need an extensive break in Try not to drive continuously at the same speed for the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of new vehicle operation Vary your speed frequently in order to give the moving parts a chance to break in Electric Vehicle Operation This electric vehicle operates entirely from electricity stored in the on board high voltage battery pack There is no internal combustion engine as in a typical vehicle or hybrid electric vehicle which leads to unique operating characteristics Familiarizing yourself with these unique ch
187. ed upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to TeleNav in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement 8 Miscellaneous 8 1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement TeleNav retains all right title and interest in and to the TeleNav 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 367 Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to or shall be granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel or otherwise and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement 8 3 By using the TeleNav Software you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications including notices agreement
188. ed on using the panel dimmer control the battery saver will shut them off 10 minutes after the vehicle has been turned off e If the courtesy lamps were turned on because one of the vehicle doors or the trunk was opened the battery saver will shut them off 10 minutes after the vehicle has been turned off e The battery saver will shut off the headlamps 10 minutes after the vehicle has been turned off Accessory mode battery saver Accessory mode will shut off after 30 minutes Remote Start EN Your vehicle has remote start if the transmitter has this button The remote start feature allows you to start the vehicle from outside the vehicle The transmitter has an extended operating range Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started Refer to the Climate Control chapter for more information Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 169 The remote start system will not work if e the vehicle is on e the alarm system is triggered e the feature has been disabled e the hood is not closed e two remote vehicle starts have already been attempted within the last hour e the vehicle is not in P Park e the vehicle battery voltage is too low
189. ehicle as a restricted key includes one additional e The vehicle is equipped with a remote start key system Refer to Using MyKey with remote start systems Admin keys e An unknown key has been programmed to programmed total the vehicle as an admin key includes one additional e Vehicle is equipped with a remote start key system Refer to Using MyKey with remote start systems MyKey miles do not e The restricted key is not being used by the accumulate intended user e The key system has been reset 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 161 POWER DOOR LOCKS The power door lock control is located on the instrument panel near the radio Press the control to lock or unlock the doors When the light on the button is on it indicates that all doors and the luggage compartment are locked When the light is off it indicates one or more doors are unlocked Rear Door Unlocking and Opening Pull the interior door release handle twice to unlock and open the rear door The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull will unlatch the door Central locking unlocking To centrally lock unlock all doors from the driver s side only using the key from the outside when they are closed e Turn the key counterclockwise to lock all doors The turn signal lamps will flash once e Turn the key clockwise to unlock all doors The turn signal lamps will flash once If
190. eir height age and weight Child safety restraints must be purchased separately from the vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The Recommendations for Safety Restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consult your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation your local St John Ambulance office at http www sfa ca or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 209 Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
191. el or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system If a staining liquid like coffee juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 316 Cleaning INTERIOR For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover ZC 14 In Canada use Motorcraft Mult
192. eld transmitter may stop transmitting If this occurs press and hold the function button while you press and release the hand held transmitter every two seconds The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly once the radio frequency signal is accepted 3 Press and hold both buttons until the indicator light changes from flashing slowly to rapidly then release 4 Press and hold the function button you programmed for 5 seconds then release You may need to do this twice to activate the door If your garage door does not operate observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on programming is complete Press and release the programmed button to activate the door If the indicator light flashes rapidly for two seconds than turns to a constant light follow the steps below Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens 1 Press the learn button on the A garage door opener motor Note You will have 30 seconds to complete the next step 2 Return to your car 3 Press and hold the function button for 2 seconds then release Repeat this step Depending on the brand of garage door opener you may do AE repeat this sequence a third time To program additional buttons repeat steps one through four For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Print
193. eleNav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these companies included at the end of this Agreement and thus your use of the TeleNav Software is also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to TeleNav s third party vendor licensors 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 368 Appendices NavTeq End User License Agreement END USER TERMS The content provided Data is licensed not sold By opening this package or installing copying or otherwise using the Data you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you are not permitted to install copy use resell or transfer the Data If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement and have not installed copied or used the Data you must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ North America LLC NT within thirty 80 days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price To contact NT please visit www navteq com The Data is provided for your personal internal use only and may not be resold It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms this End User License Agreement and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and NAVTEQ North America LLC NT and its licensors including their
194. elines fixed guidelines visual park aid alert and manual zoom features are only available when the vehicle is in R Reverse If the vehicle is in R Reverse and the liftgate is ajar no rear video camera features will be displayed A message will be displayed on the touchscreen if the liftgate is ajar After activating or deactivating a rear video camera feature the touchscreen will show a preview of the feature s selected Note If the camera system image is not clear or seems distorted it may be covered with water droplets snow mud or any other substance If this occurs clean the camera lens before using the camera system WARNING The rearview camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the rearview mirror and the side mirrors for maximum coverage 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 272 Driving WARNING Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system WARNING Backup as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle WARNING When manual zoom is enabled Level 1 Level 2 or Level 3 the full area behind the vehicle will not be shown Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature WARNING Use caution when using the rear video camera and the liftg
195. elopment we validate these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Introduction 11 SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owner s Manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNING Please read the Supplementary Restraints System chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury WARNING Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your veh
196. elp you with any questions you aren t able to answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30 am 8pm EST In the United States call 1 888 270 1055 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving When using SYNC do not e Operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Carefully place cords and cables where they cannot be stepped on or interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Leave playing devices in the vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage Refer to your device s user guide for further information e Attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 52 MyFord Touch Speed Resiricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while the vehic
197. emblies which are labeled as such and or are covered with a solid orange convolute or orange stripe tape Do not come in contact with these components Working with the High Voltage system off 1 Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P Park 2 Turn off and remove the key 3 Block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 319 OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the instrument panel 2 Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the auxiliary latch located under the front of the hood left of center and then release it by pushing the auxiliary latch to the right 3 Lift the hood and locate the prop rod on the passenger side of the vehicle Support the hood with the prop rod 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 320 Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING COMPONENTS UNDER THE HOOD Note The under hood compartment contains many high voltage components and wiring Do not attempt to service any of these components The high voltage components are color coated orange for easy identification Note The illustration shows the under hood compartment without the cover in order to show the components Coolant reservoir DC DC Converter Hi
198. ent of a collision Knee Airbag if equipped The knee airbag is located under the instrument panel The system works along with the driver s front airbag to help reduce injury to the legs When the driver s airbag activates in a collision the knee airbag deploys from under the instrument panel As with front and side airbags it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury Seat mounted side airbag system 40 WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag SRS its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING All occupants of the vehicle should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS is provided 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Saf
199. er Keyless Vehicle Immobilizer Aeon Don Message Starting System Fault This message is displayed when there is a problem with your vehicle s starting system See your authorized dealer for service Contact your authorized dealer Key Inside Vehicle Displays to remind you that the key is in the luggage compartment Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 34 Instrument Cluster Keyless Vehicle Immobilizer a Message Key Not Inside Car Displays if the key is not detected by the system Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information No Key Detected Displays if the key is not detected by the system Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information the accessory ignition state the brake as needed when starting Place Key in Backup Slot Displayed as needed by the system AAA eee Brake lamp Bulb fault Displays when the brake lamp bulb has burned out Contact your authorized dealer Dipped beam Bulb fault Displays when the low beam headlamp bulb has burned out Contact your authorized dealer Headlamp malfunction Service Displays when an electrical system req d problem occurs with the headlamp system Contact your authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster
200. er panel behind the lower C pillar Side air curtains and side airbags in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 206 Seating and Safety Restraints Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seats The side air curtain will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window openings The side air curtains are mounted to the sheet metal above the first and second row seats In certain lateral collisions the air curtain and seat mounted side airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated except that the passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty unbuckled passenger seat The air curtain was designed to inflate between the side window area and occupant to further enhance the head protection provided to occupants in side impact collisions The seat mounted side airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The side air curtain system SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the sens
201. er to the following Messages chart MESSAGES Listen to text messages Reply to text messages 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 90 MyFord Touch INFORMATION Under the Information menu you can access features such as SYNC Services SIRIUS Travel Link and SYNC Apps or view your calendar and system notifications 66599 If your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system press the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with the navigation system press the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab SYNC Services If Equipped U S Only Note SYNC Services requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services Refer to the Phone section for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested direc
202. ergy Coach o Energy History This view from left to right starts with the Budget View gauge and adds historical Energy Use and Budget data The data is represented as an average for time intervals of either 1 2 or 6 minutes with the leftmost interval being the most recent Total time for the five intervals is shown at the bottom of the view Interval time can be selected in the Options menu Intervals shown in grey color are from the previous drive e Energy Coach This view provides a comparison of your recent Acceleration Braking and Cruising behavior to what is recommended for most efficient use of energy under present conditions The horizontal bars fill from left to right with best efficiency and Blue color shown as at least half full When the bars are less than half full the color is Amber suggesting that a change in behavior is needed to achieve better energy efficiency Information In this mode you can view different vehicle system information and perform a system check XX Warnings Displays the number of warnings that need immediate attention in red You can only view the warnings from the System Check menu View them immediately by pressing OK and then OK again to enter system check Use the up down arrows to scroll through the warnings 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 27 MyKey Info Admin Keys Number of admin keys MyKeys Number of MyKeys pr
203. erms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 359 FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE e Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent e Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to driv
204. ers Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 29 INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle not all of the messages will display or be available Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus Some messages will be supplemented by a system specific symbol with a message indicator Service AdvanceTrac Displayed when the system has detected a condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible To Stop Alarm Start Vehicle Displayed when unauthorized entry into the vehicle has occurred Turn the ignition on to stop the alarm Brake Fluid Level LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Check Brake System Displayed when the brake system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 30 Instrument Cluster Brake System Message Action Description Park Brake Engaged Displayed when the parking brake is set the vehicle is in ready to drive and the vehicle is d
205. es e Metal and other conductive material should be kept away from the surface of the touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference i e control activation Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel e Power Turn the media or climate features on or off e VOL Increase or decrease the volume e Fan Increase or decrease the fan speed e Seek and Tune buttons Use as you normally would in media modes e Eject Eject a CD e SOURCE Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes The screen does not change but you see the media changes in the lower left status bar e SOUND Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can make adjustments to settings such as Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo if equipped DSP if equipped Occupancy Mode if equipped and Speed Compensated Volume settings e Hazard flasher Press the button to turn the hazard flashers on or off 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 51 Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Clean the display with a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or finger prints are still visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display Support The SYNC support team is available to h
206. ess the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain features such as town blocks building footprints and railways 3D landmarks appear as clear visible objects which are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Coverage varies and improves with updated map releases Change the appearance of the display by repeatedly pressing the arrow in the upper left corner of the screen Heading up 2D map always shows the direction of forward travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 mi 4 km For larger map scales this setting is remembered but the map is shown in North up only If the scale returns below this level then Heading up is restored N North up 2D map always shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen 3D map mode provides an elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map Re centering the map can be done by pressing this icon i whenever you sc
207. essly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULASs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intel
208. estraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position A WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied To remove the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position 2 Simultaneously press and hold both the adjust release button C and the unlock remove button D then pull up on the head restraint To reinstall the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Insert the two stems into the guide sleeve collars 2 Push the head restraint down until it locks Make sure the front of the head restraint faces the front of the vehicle Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash head restraints must be installed properly 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 175 Tilting Head Restraints if equipped The front head restraints m
209. etected or when the ignition is turned off or to the accessory position To manually turn off the rear window defroster at any time press the control again If your vehicle is equipped with both rear defroster and heated mirrors the same control will activate both Refer to Heated outside mirrors in the Driver Controls chapter Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside or the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines and will not be covered by your warranty CABIN AIR FILTER Note A cabin air filter must be installed at all times to prevent foreign objects from entering the system Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system Your cabin air filter is located in the passenger foot well area The cabin air filter element is designed to reduce the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air being supplied to the interior of the vehicle The presence of a particulate filter element provides the following benefits e Improves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration e Improves the interior compartment cleanliness e Protects the climate control components from particle deposits For replacement intervals regarding the cabin air filter see the Scheduled Maintenance chapter For more information regarding your filter see your authorized dealer
210. ety Restraints 203 How does the side airbag system work The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags The side airbag system consists of the following e An inflatable bag airbag with an inflator concealed behind the outboard bolster of the driver and front passenger seatbacks A special seat cover designed to allow airbag deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Crash sensors located on the front doors and on the rocker behind the C pillar one sensor on each pillar on each side of the vehicle Side airbags in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision The side airbags are fitted on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain lateral collisions the airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral acceleration sufficient to cause the sen
211. feet 10 meters A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around the vehicle or e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle The transmitter allows you to e remotely unlock the vehicle doors e remotely lock all the vehicle doors e remotely open the trunk 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 164 Locks and Security e arm and disarm the perimeter anti theft system e activate the panic alarm e operate the illuminated entry feature e remotely start the vehicle The remote entry lock unlock feature operates in any power mode except when the vehicle is running and vehicle speed is more than 4 mph 7 km h If there are problems with the remote entry system make sure to take ALL intelligent access keys with you to the authorized dealer in order to aid in troubleshooting the problem Intelligent access The intelligent access system uses a radio frequency RF signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when commanded either by touching the inside of any exterior door handle the luggage compartment handle or a button on the transmitter itself If excessive RF interference is present in the area or if your vehicle battery is low it may be necessary to mechanically unlock your door The mechanical key blade in your IA key can be used to open the driver s door in this situation
212. fficult to see through the windshield 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 332 Maintenance and Specifications WARNING In an emergency add water to the cooling system to reach an authorized dealer Have the system checked by a properly trained technician as soon as possible WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the Electric Powertrain Assembly EPA is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly AN WARNING Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark Note Coolant replacement can only be completed by an authorized dealer If not performed properly damage could occur to the cooling system components and may void the warranty Note Do not use stop leak pellets or cooling system sealants additives as they can cause damage to the cooling and or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty Note During normal vehicle operation the coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the coolant is clear and uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the coolant has degraded nor does it require the coolant to be drained the system to be flushed or the coolant to be replaced e DO NOT MIX different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mi
213. follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death Note Do not use the temporary mobility kit if a tire has become severely damaged by driving the vehicle with a tire that has insufficient air pressure Only punctured areas located within the tire tread can be sealed with the temporary mobility kit Do not attempt to repair punctures larger than Y4 inch 6 4 mm or damage to the tire s sidewall The tire may not completely seal Loss of air pressure may adversely affect tire performance For this reason e Note Do not drive the vehicle above 50 mph 80 km h e Note Do not drive further than 120 miles 200 km Drive only to the closest Ford Motor Company authorized dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected e Drive carefully and avoid abrupt steering maneuvers e Periodically monitor tire inflation pressure in the affected tire if the tire is losing pressure have the vehicle towed e Read the information in the Tips for use of the temporary mobility kit section to ensure safe operation of the temporary mobility kit and your vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 291 Tips for use of the Temporary Mobility Kit Read the following list of tips to ensure safe operation of the temporary mobility kit Before operating the temporary mobility kit make sure your vehicle is safely off the road and
214. g system module Compass 6 Not used S O 69 5A Instrument cluster Climate control PAT isa Low beam headlamp supply TSA Notused spare AA Electrochromatic rear view mirror WEN A hacia supply Ignition switch Start button 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 283 Location Rating 79 15A Radio Hazard light switch Door ae lock switch Electronic finish panel po so 20A Not used spare 10A Airbag module Occupant classification sensor Passenger airbag deactivation indicator er Nome ________ P88 Not sed ls Noted S Power Distribution Box The power distribution box is located in the underhood compartment The power distribution box contains high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads WARNING Always remove the high voltage battery safety connectors to make sure the high voltage batteries are disconnected and always disconnect the 12 volt underhood battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected refer to the Battery section of the Maintenance and Specifications chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 284 Roadside Emerge
215. g systern 15 ste basos snd cirps y GNC ATE jar O aprum cim mood r j ee E EJES vee oca tr rap O im Doe O ee eee E mran tw tc vara C Dmm Service Advisor Customer Signature Technician 1200000000 SN OR wee cmm Fart LL Cp a igt aanas Customer Copy i dies 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 351 NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE AND LOG Normal Scheduled Maintenance At every 1 year or Rotate tires inspect tire wear and measure tread 10 000 miles depth 16 000 km service linings hoses and parking brake Inspect steering linkage ball joints suspension tie rod ends driveshaft and U joints lubricate if equipped with grease fittings abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Replace cabin air filter Gf equipped 32 000 km At 10 years or Change coolant and coolant filter 150 000 miles 240 000 km 1 Do not exceed 1 year or 10 000 miles 16 000 km between service intervals 2 Initial replacement at 10 years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km then every 5 years or 50 000 miles 80 000 km The coolant must be exchanged as indicated in the Ford Motor Company Workshop Manual If not performed properly damage could occur to the cooling system components Only use pre mixed coolant that meets Ford Motor Company specifications found in the Maintenance and Sp
216. g will flash continuously for one minute and then shut off If this happens unplug and then re plug the charging coupler into the charge port receptacle If the problem persists contact your authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 329 3 Note Do not pull the wall plug from the wall while the vehicle is charging Doing so may damage the outlet and the cord To disconnect the charging coupler 1 Press the button on the charging coupler 2 While holding the button remove the charging coupler from the vehicle s charge port receptacle Close the charge port door by pressing the indentation on the charge port door Continue pressing the indentation while the door rotates counter clockwise and closes Convenience Charging and MyFord Mobile The setting up of the charging convenience features is primarily done with the MyFord Mobile smart phone application Visit myfordmobile com for more complete information and to set up your MyFord Mobile account Your electric vehicle also has some convenience features to improve your charging experience Value Charge The vehicle schedules charging at the lowest available utility rates Contact your utility company to see what rates are available Charge Now Fully charge your vehicle at the quickest rate The vehicle starts charging immediately after you connect the charging coupler into
217. gear built specifically to handle the high RPM range that comes with an all electric motor L Low e Provides maximum motor braking e Is not intended for use under extended or normal driving conditions and results in less miles per charge e The transmission may be shifted into L Low at any vehicle speed 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 265 HILL START ASSIST WARNING The hill start assist feature does not replace the parking brake When you leave the vehicle always apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into P Park WARNING You must remain in the vehicle once you have activated the hill start assist feature WARNING During all times you are responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the hill start assist system and intervening if required WARNING If the motor is revved excessively or if a malfunction is detected when the hill start assist feature is active the hill start assist feature will be deactivated The hill start assist feature makes it easier to pull away when the vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake When the hill start assist feature is active the vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for up to two seconds after you release the brake pedal During this time you have time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal and pull away The brakes are released automatically once the moto
218. ged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console if equipped e Objects hanging off the seat back e Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket if equipped e Objects placed on the occupant s lap e Cargo interference with the seat e Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat e Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 201 properly refer to Crash sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter If the airbag readiness lamp is lit do the following The driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects that may be lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If objects are lodged and or cargo is interfering with the seat please take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat To know if the front passenger sensing system is operating N e Remove the obstruction s
219. gh voltage traction motor Traction motor inverter Brake fluid reservoir 12 Volt battery Power distribution box Windshield washer fluid ONAT KR WD HE 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 321 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low In very cold weather do not fill the reservoir completely Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications Do not use any special washer fluid such as windshield water repellent type fluid or bug wash They may cause squeaking chatter noise streaking and smearing Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES The wiper arms can be manually moved when the ignition is off This allows for ease of blade replacement
220. ght is the weight of the vehicle including full fluids and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 246 Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading
221. ght to dark in the left portion of the beam pattern The top edge of this cut off should be positioned two inches 5 cm below the horizontal reference line 4 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver or 13 mm wrench socket turn the adjuster either clockwise to adjust down or counterclockwise to adjust up 5 Close the hood and turn off the lamps HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE AND IS NOT ADJUSTABLE 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 132 Lighting TURN SIGNAL CONTROL e Push down to activate the left turn signal 4 ao e Push up to activate the right turn H a signal Lane change To indicate a left or right lane change e Tap the lever up down The turn signals will flash three times and stop e Push the lever up down to the non latched position and hold The turn signals will flash for as long as the lever is held in this position INTERIOR LAMPS Front dome map lamp 1 1 Map lamp on and off switch Te 2 Door function switch O 3 All lamps on and off switch a The dome lamp will turn on when e any door is opened e the remote entry controls are pressed and the vehicle is off e switch 3 on the dome lamp is pressed Press switch 1 to activate the map lamp s Some map lamps have a split switch Note Press switch 2 to disable all courtesy door illumination when the door is open Press the switch aga
222. h speed highways will increase range Mild to moderate braking is particularly important since it allows you to maximize the energy captured by the regenerative braking system Additional Tips e Do not carry extra loads e Be mindful of adding external accessories that may increase aerodynamic drag e Observe posted speed limits e Perform all scheduled maintenance e Pre conditioning the vehicle cabin while it is on plug will reduce the energy expenditure on climate control and improve range Refer to High voltage battery in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Introduction Frequently asked questions Question What are the series of clicks from the cargo area when I first start my vehicle How long will my high voltage battery last Does it need maintenance Can I flat tow my Focus Electric How can I get a 240 volt charging station installed at my home The high voltage battery is electrically isolated from the rest of the vehicle when the key is off When the key is turned to on high voltage contactors inside the battery are closed to make the electricity available to the motor and enable the vehicle to drive The clicks are the sound of these contactors as they close and open during start up and shut down The high voltage battery in the Focus Electric is maintenance free and has been designed to last the life of the vehicle
223. h to the media source upon initial connection and you can listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing process With this feature off the system will not automatically switch to the inserted media source e Bluetooth Devices Select to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system will automatically attempt to connect to that device at every ignition cycle e Gracenote Database Info Allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database e Gracenote Media Management on off When turned on this feature will pull in metadata information from the Gracenote Database for your music files This will override information from your device This feature defaults to off e Gracenote Cover Art on off When turned on this feature will pull in cover art from the Gracenote Database for your music files This will override any art from your device This feature defaults to off Navigation Settings To access navigation system settings press the Menu icon gt Settings gt Navigation Choose from e Map Preferences Route Preferences Navigation Preferences Traffic Preferences Avoid Areas 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 105 Phone Seitings To access phone settings press Phone gt Settings or press the Menu icon gt Settings gt Phone Connect disconnect add or delete
224. he TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 365 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law in no event will TeleNav its licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav Software TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and other changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation as the maps or functionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILI
225. he lower battery high voltage disconnect circuit is located by the right rear wheel accessible from under the car The upper battery high voltage disconnect circuit is located behind the rear fold down seats near the left side of the vehicle and is more easily accessible than the lower battery circuit To access this circuit 1 Fold down the left rear seat 2 Locate the access door Press the Y button on the top of the access door to remove the plastic cover 3 A cut out area will be visible which allows your hand access to the circuit 4 Press the tab on the top center of the circuit and rotate the handle toward you Press again to pull the hand down 5 Pull the handle toward you and remove the circuit from the vehicle to disable the high voltage battery Reactivating the High Voltage Battery Note If you have manually disconnected your high voltage shutoff circuits you will need to reconnect the circuits before they can be reactivated The vehicle will detect if the electrical system is safe and reactivate automatically 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 331 COOLANT Checking the coolant When the Electric Powertrain Assembly EPA is cold check the level of the coolant in the reservoir at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant rese
226. he vehicle safety belt Children outgrow a typical child seat e g convertible or toddler seat when they weigh about 40 lb 18 kg and are around four 4 years of age Consult your child safety seat owner guide for the weight height and age limits specific to your child safety seat Keep your child in the child safety seat if it properly fits the child remains appropriate for their weight height and age AND if properly secured to the vehicle Although the lap shoulder belt will provide some protection children who have outgrown a typical child seat are still too small for lap shoulder belts to fit properly and wearing an improperly fitted vehicle safety belt 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 221 could increase the risk of serious injury in a crash To improve the fit of both the lap and shoulder belt on children who have outgrown child safety seats Ford Motor Company recommends use of a belt positioning booster Booster seats position a child so that vehicle lap shoulder safety belts fit better They lift the child up so that the lap belt rests low across the hips and the knees bend comfortably at the edge of the cushion while minimizing slouching Booster seats may also make the shoulder belt fit better and more comfortably Try to keep the belt near the middle of the shoulder and across the center of the chest Moving the child closer a few centimeters or
227. history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log will remain in the vehicle unless you delete it and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada will not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist if equipped Vehicle Health Report Gf equipped and Traffic Directions and Information if equipped 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 5
228. i Purpose Cleaner CXC 101 If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Clean spills and stains as quickly as possible e For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner CXC 93 Dry the area with a soft cloth If the leather cannot be completely cleaned using a mild soap and water solution the leather may be cleaned using a commercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors To check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather e Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vin
229. icle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle For U S only Gf equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See your SYNC supplement for more information Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 12 Introduction related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whethe
230. ide crashes or rollovers Pd rather be thrown clear Not a good idea People who are ejected are 40 times more likely to DIE Safety belts help prevent ejection WE CAN T PICK OUR CRASH WARNING Do not sit on top of a buckled safety belt or insert a latchplate into the buckle to avoid the Belt Minder chime To do so may adversely affect the performance of the vehicle s airbag system 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 193 Deactivating activating the Belt Minder Feature if equipped WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle Note The driver and front passenger Belt Minder are deactivated activated independently When deactivating activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation activation programming procedure The driver and front passenger Belt Minder features can be deactivated activated by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that
231. ience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 232 Tires Wheels and L
232. in the vehicle and do not let children play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the window openings Press or lift the switches to operate the windows e Press the switch to the first Zo Za detent and hold to open the window e Lift the switch to the first detent and hold to close the window Rear Window Buffeting When one or both of the rear windows are open the vehicle may demonstrate a wind throb or buffeting noise This noise can be alleviated by lowering a front window approximately 2 3 inches 5 8 centimeters One touch up or down all windows if equipped This feature allows the windows to open or close fully without holding the control down To operate one touch down press the switch completely down to the second detent and release quickly The window will open fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation To operate one touch up pull the switch completely up to the second detent and release quickly The window will close fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation Bounce back if equipped When an obstacle has been detected in the window opening as the window is moving upward the window will automatically move down un
233. in to re enable 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Lighting 133 Rear dome map lamp if equipped The dome lamp will turn on when e any door is opened e any of the remote entry controls are pressed and the vehicle is off e switch 3 on the front dome map lamp is pressed Press 4 to manually turn on the map lamp s Gf equipped Ambient lighting if equipped Muminates the interior with a choice of several colors The ambient lighting control switch is located in the overhead console e Rotate the control knob past the first detent to activate and adjust to the desired brightness Press the left color pallet switch to cycle through the color choices e Press the right search mode switch to activate all dome lamps and all ambient lighting Press the search mode switch again to deactivate the dome lamps and return the ambient lighting to the previously selected color The ambient lights come on whenever the vehicle is on the headlamps are on and the outside ambient light level is low Note The ambient lights will stay on until the vehicle is turned off and the vehicle is locked or the accessory delay timer expires 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 134 Lighting BULB REPLACEMENT Lamp assembly condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of
234. inches to the center of the vehicle but remaining in the same seating position may help provide a good shoulder belt fit When children should use booster seats Children need to use booster seats from the time they outgrow the toddler seat until they are big enough for the vehicle seat and lap shoulder belt to fit properly Generally this is when they reach a height of at least 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall around age eight to age twelve and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 86 kg or upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 Ib 86 kg Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against the vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion e Can the child sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 222 Seating and Safety Restraints Types of booster seats There are generally two types of belt positioning booster seats backless and high back Always use booster seats in co
235. ing USA fus Driver Controls 151 Gate Operator amp Canadian Programming During programming your hand held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting not allowing enough time for HomeLink to accept the signal AF from the hand held transmitter After completing Step 1 outlined in the Programming section replace Step 2 with the following Note If programming a garage door opener or gate operator it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent overheating Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note Step 2 in the Programming section while you press and release every two seconds cycle your hand held transmitter until the frequency signal has been accepted by the HomeLink The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink accepts the radio frequency signal Proceed with Step 3 in the Programming section Operating the HomeLink Wireless Control System To operate simply press and release the appropriate HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained product garage door gate operator security system entry lt door lock or home or office lighting etc For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time In the event that there are still programming difficulties contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide
236. ing or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 813 594 4857 For customers in Guam the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number 800 841 FORD 8673 FAX 813 390 0804 Email expcac ford com If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Ford International Business Development Inc Customer Relationship Center P O Box 11957 Caparra Heights Station San Juan Puerto Rico 00922 1957 Telephone 800 841 FORD 8673 FAX 813 390 0804 Email prcac ford com www ford com pr If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Ford Middle East Customer Relationship Center P O Box 21470 Dubai United Arab Emirates Telephone 971 4 3326084 Toll Free Number for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number for Kuwait 24810575
237. ing system Brake Coach Display The Brake Coach appears after the vehicle has come to a stop It coaches you to brake in a manner which maximizes the amount of energy returned through the regenerative braking system By maximizing the use of regenerative braking you minimize the energy used up by the hydraulic brakes Note Under certain conditions the actual amount of energy returned to the high voltage battery will be less than the percentage shown Trip Summary and Lifetime Summary These will be displayed upon shutting off the vehicle Trip Summary will appear first then Lifetime Summary will be displayed You can toggle between these displays using the up and down arrow keys on the left hand steering wheel controls Trip Summary data is from the last power cycle while Lifetime Summary data is cumulative from the last Lifetime Summary reset done through the Settings menu in the message center Trip Summary e Distance The total distance travelled and regen distance are displayed Regen distance is the estimated range gained from energy recaptured through regenerative braking e Energy Used The total kilowatt hours and average watt hours per unit of distance are displayed The average watt hours per mi km will be shown in blue if less than better than the lifetime average watt hours per mi km e Brake Score The percentage of braking energy recaptured and returned to the high voltage battery through regenerative braki
238. ing visibility along the side of the vehicle For more information on your side view mirrors refer to Exterior mirrors in the Driver Controls chapter Driving with blind spot mirrors Before a lane change check the main mirror first then check the blind spot mirror If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance signal that you are going to change lanes Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes When the approaching vehicle is at a distance its image is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror As the vehicle approaches the image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror 1 As the vehicle approaches its image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror 2 As the vehicle leaves the blind spot mirror it will transition to the driver s peripheral field of view 3 Mn WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they A appear 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 274 Driving DRIVING THROUGH WATER Note Driving through deep water may allow water into the transmission and motor causing internal damage Have the fluid checked and if water is found replace the fluid Do not drive quickly through standing water especially if the depth is unknown Traction or brake capability may be limite
239. ion has been entered Pressing the Go button makes the address location to appear on the map If you choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear 2 Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this point on the way to your current destination or save it as a favorite Any Avoid Areas selections are also considered in route calculation 3 Choose from up to three different types of routes then select Start Route Fastest Uses the fastest moving roads possible Shortest Uses the shortest distance possible Eco EcoRoute Uses the most fuel efficient route You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways toll roads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use HOV lanes HOV lanes are High Occupancy Vehicle Lanes also known as carpool or diamond lanes These lanes are reserved for people who ride in buses vanpools or carpools Note If Start Route button is not pressed and the vehicle is driven on a recognized road the system defaults to the fastest route option and begins guidance During route guidance the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner green bar can be pressed if the user wants the system to repeat a route guidance instruction Instructions decrease with each press 2012 Focus
240. ions Point of Interests Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Previous Starting Point Freeway Entrance Exit Latitude Longitude ENTERTAINMENT Press to select any of the following AM FM SIRIUS CD USB BT Stereo SD Card AV In CLIMATE Press to select any of the following Driver Settings Recirculated Air Auto Dual Passenger Settings A C Defrost 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 50 MyFord Touch a Press to access your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the screens shown in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your market Check with your authorized dealer for availability Using the Touch sensitive Controls on Your System Your vehicle s centerstack has touch sensitive switches for your infotainment and climate control systems To turn a feature on and off just touch the graphic with your finger To get the best performance from the touch sensitive controls e Do not press hard on the controls They are sensitive to light touch e Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch control graphic Touching off center of the graphic may cause a nearby control to turn on or off e Make sure your hands are clean and dry e Since the touchscreen operates based on the touch of a finger you may have trouble using it if you are wearing glov
241. ions USB port SD slot 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 141 AUXILIARY POWER POINTS WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter socket Gf equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volts DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigarette lighter element Note Improper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from being discharged e Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Locations Power points may be found e on the center console e on the rear of the center console 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 142 Driver Controls POWER WINDOWS WARNING Do not leave children unattended
242. irflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the A C cool down drive with the windows open for approximately 2 3 minutes after starting the vehicle or until the vehicle has aired out e The A C system is used to cool both the interior of the vehicle and the high voltage battery In hot outside temperatures interior cooling may be temporarily reduced if the high voltage battery requires cooling Keep the vehicle plugged in when possible to allow automatic battery cooling in high temperature conditions Interior heating is done by an electrical heater Set the fan at a lower speed to get a warmer outlet temperature on cold days e A small amount of air may be felt from the floor vent regardless of the air distribution setting that is selected Maximum Cooling Performance 1 Press MAX A C The system defaults to single zone operation and the coldest temperature setting LO appears in the display 2 AIC ZZ and A will be selected 3 Fan speed will be increased to the highest speed but can be adjusted as desired Side Window Defogging or Defrosting 1 Select air distribution through the floor vent sd 2 Select air distribution through the panel vent sd 3 Select A C 4 Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort 5 Set the fan to the highest speed 6 Direct the outer instrument panel vents toward the side windows To
243. is available from your authorized dealer Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting It is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the winter months as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paint and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 which is available from your authorized dealer Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible Exterior chrome Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 available from your authorized dealer Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry fo
244. is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off switch is turned to the on position Belt Minder The Belt Minder feature is a supplemental warning to the safety belt warning function This feature provides additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light in the instrument cluster when the driver s and or front passenger s seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled The Belt Minder feature uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to large front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system Both the driver s and passenger s safety belt usages are monitored and either may activate the Belt Minder feature The warnings are the same for the driver and the front passenger If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for approximately five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob
245. is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching the vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For outboard seating positions route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts For the center seating positions route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint If needed the head restraints can also be removed See Rear seats in this chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints a 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position 8 3 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a collision 4 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision greatly increases If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use Child booster seats The belt positioning booster booster seat is used to improve the fit of t
246. ited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Additional assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help you serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and city where located e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which
247. ith a Ford recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle Note The clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected e Always dispose of automotive s S batteries in a responsible manner Y q Follow your local authorized L 4 standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries RECYCLE HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY WARNING This battery pack should only be serviced by an authorized electric vehicle technician Improper handling can result in personal injury or death Your vehicle consists of various high voltage components and wiring All of the high voltage power flows through specific wiring assemblies which are labeled as such and or are covered with a solid orange convolute or orange striped tape Do not come in contact with these components No regular maintenance other than regular charging is required The high voltage battery system is a high voltage lightweight lithium ion battery system comprised of two individual packs One pack is located in the rear cargo area behind the second row seats and the other is located underneath the vehicle The high voltage battery system uses an advanced active liquid heating and cooling system to regulate high voltage battery temperature and help maximize high voltage battery life 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing U
248. itten it 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 226 Tires Wheels and Loading Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 14 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAA BC WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades a
249. king mode ks 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt J 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to disengage the automatic locking mode Disconnect the combination lap shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode WARNING After any vehicle collision the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function WARNING BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in collisions 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 189 Safety belt extension assembly If the safety belt is too short when fully extended a safety belt extension assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use only ex
250. le is in motion so they re restricted from being modified unless the vehicle is not moving Some examples of these are listed below e Screens that are too crowded with information such as Point of Interest POD reviews and ratings SIRIUS Travel Link sports scores movie times ski conditions etc e Any action that requires using a keyboard such as entering a navigation destination or editing information e All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries e g phone contacts recent phone call entries Listed below are more specific features that can only be modified while the vehicle is not moving Restricted features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone phonebook contacts from a USB and recent phone call entries System Functionality Active Park Assist are active Videos Photos Graphics Playing video Editing photos wallpaper Text Messages Navigation Adding Editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 53 Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including
251. leaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers Industrial strength heavy duty cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clear coat finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover available from your authorized dealer UNDER HOOD AND CHARGE PORT WARNING Exposure to high voltage may result in severe personal injury or death High voltage components must be serviced by a trained service technician e Never use a power washer to clean under the hood or in the charge port The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause significant damage and risk of personal injury 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 314 Cleaning e Never spray water on any of the components under the hood or in the charge port Water ingress can damage electrical components and connections e Use a dry cloth to remove any excess dirt that collects under the hood or in the charge port Always power down the vehicle and wait five minutes before touching any electrical components PLASTIC NON PAINTED EXTERIOR PARTS Use only approved products to clean plastic parts These
252. lectric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 47 Radio Display Action Required NO TEXT NO TEXT NO TEXT Artist information not available Song title information not available Category information not available NO SIGNAL Loss of signal from the SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS tower to the vehicle antenna Update of channel programming in progress Satellite service has been deactivated by SIRIUS satellite radio UPDATING CALL SIRIUS 1 888 539 7474 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Artist information not available at this time on this channel The system is working properly Song title information not available at this time on this channel The system is working properly Category information not available at this time on this channel The system is working properly You are in a location that is blocking the SIRIUS signal i e tunnel under an overpass dense foliage etc The system is working properly When you move into an open area the signal should return No action required The process may take up to three minutes Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to re activate or resolve subscription issues 48 MyFord Touch INTRODUCTION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme cauti
253. lectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 358 Appendices DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade e Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or
254. level Recycled coolant Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available g Used coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Severe climates If you drive in extremely cold climates Note It may be necessary to have an authorized Ford dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50 Note A coolant concentration of 60 will provide improved freeze point protection Increased coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause damage If you drive in extremely hot climates Note It may be necessary to have an authorized Ford dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40 Note A coolant concentration of 40 will provide improved overheat protection Decreased coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion freeze protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause damage Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted coolant meeting the Ford specification for optimum cooling system protection 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 334 Maintenance and Specifications BRAKE FLUID CHECK The fluid level will drop slowly as the brakes wear and will rise when the brake components ar
255. lfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS or some component of the TPMS may be damaged Safety Practices WARNING If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud sand etc do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle i
256. light same light as for front airbag system will either flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e An information message will appear in the message center If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at your authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision SOS Posi Crash Alert System The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag front side side curtain or Safety Canopy or the safety belt pretensioners The horn and lamps will turn off when e the hazard control button is pressed or e the vehicle runs out of power Disposal of airbags and airbag equipped vehicles including pretensioners Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 208 Seating and Safety Restraints SAFETY RESTRAINTS FOR CHILDREN See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children Also see Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS in this chapter for special instructions about using airbags Important child restraint precautions WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for th
257. ll tires because it is not required by federal law M Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 237 H U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall I M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and
258. lluminates when the high beam headlamps are on Liftgate ajar Ed Displays when the ignition is on and liftgate is not completely iets closed Limited performance RTT ya e Amber Indicates limited vehicle performance due to a cold or hot battery This will be accompanied by a corresponding message e Red Indicates severely limited vehicle performance due to a cold or hot battery This will be accompanied by a corresponding message Drive with caution Keep the vehicle plugged in when not in use to maintain battery temperature Low tire pressure warning I Iluminates when your tire pressure is low If the light remains 1 on at start up or while driving the tire pressure should be checked When the vehicle is first turned on the light will illuminate for 3 seconds to ensure the bulb is working If the light does not turn on or begins to flash contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Low washer fluid RTT ay lluminates when the windshield washer fluid is low Motor coolant overheat warning RTT Iluminates when the motor cooling system is overheating Stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your authorized dealer Overdrive cancel and grade assist if equipped Illuminates when the overdrive function of the transmission has 2 been turned off and the grade assist function has been turned on 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 19 Pa
259. lly or Press and hold the left control until the desired lighting level is reached Note If the low voltage battery under the hood is disconnected discharged or a new low voltage battery is installed the dimmer will set the illuminated components to the maximum setting automatically This will ensure that your displays are visible under all lighting conditions The brightness can then be adjusted to the users preference AIMING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer Vertical aim adjustment 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Lighting 131 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps open the hood 1 8 feet 2 4 meters 2 Center height of lamp to ground e 3 25 feet 7 6 meters e 4 Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height to illuminate the wall or screen and To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other SS i A There is a distinct cut off change from li
260. ly to be contained in the map database for such navigation features TeleNav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the TeleNav Software TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal judgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe do not follow such instructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software unless your vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the TeleNav Software for any
261. m the headliner 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 205 WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the side air curtain system its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing a side air curtain See your authorized dealer WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an inflatable curtain is provided WARNING To reduce the risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment zone of the inflatable curtain How does the side air curtain system work The design and development of the side air curtain system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including side air curtain systems The side air curtain system consists of the following e An inflatable curtain with a gas generator concealed behind the headliner and above the doors e The headliner will flex to open above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Two pressure sensors located in the front doors e Two crash sensors located on the rock
262. mance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 229 post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on
263. matically turns on rear window defroster and heated mirrors Press this button again to return to the previous air flow selection 3 MAX A C Press to distribute recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle 4 Passenger temperature setting Rotate knob to turn on dual zone operation and select the desired temperature for the passenger only To return to single zone operation press and hold AUTO for two to four seconds 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 124 Climate Control Si 5 Press to turn air recirculation in cabin on or off Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be engaged manually in any airflow mode except defrost button 6 Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce fog potential wee 0 Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and sd demister vents The system automatically provides outside air to reduce window fogging Press again to turn off defrost mode PU 7 Press to distribute air through the instrument panel vents Press again to
264. mediately If the air bag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision The SRS consists of e driver and passenger airbag modules which include the inflators and airbags e seat mounted side airbags Refer to Seat mounted side airbag system later in this chapter safety belt pretensioners e one or more impact and safing sensors 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 198 Seating and Safety Restraints e a readiness light and tone e and the electrical wiring which connects the components Side curtain airbag system Refer to Side curtain airbag system later in this chapter e Front passenger sensing system Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter e Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter The diagnostic module monitors its own internal circuits and the supplemental airbag electrical system wiring including the impact sensors the system wiring the airbag system readiness light the airbag backup power the airbag ignitors and safety belt pretensioners FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNING Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushi
265. ment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact a regional office or owner relations customer relationship office The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance 309 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are travel
266. mming a 155 Hood aaa 319 Floor mats cinco 152 154 How to use voice commands 56 Fluid capacities 0 eee 337 I A 278 279 TENTION segessiesigescanecditeaessseasandoviees 252 G Illuminated visor mirror 140 Garage door opener s 148 Infant seats see Safety seats oe 212 GAUBES ntoncinciraconecnicnedondandondincinadnnd 20 f Infotainment display 00 54 H Instrument panel CLEANING ciclistas 315 Hazard flashers c ee 276 CIUSCOL aeranta etarik 16 HD Radio ed 64 lighting up panel and HS cara 128 mT diia 130 o aE NA 130 Intelligent Access Key 155 autolamp system ooooooocccinnnccco 128 Intelligent Access with push bulb specifications 134 Dion start amaia 164 daytime running lights 129 flash tO PASS occconoccccnooccncnnonnns 129 J high Deal micras 129 replacing bulbs rooms cds do soikean 287 turning on and off ici 128 positioning oo eee 287 Head restraints O A ON 173 storage aaa 287 Heated steering wheel 109 Jump starting your vehicle 299 Heating K heating and air conditioning SYSTEM scncese 123 Keyless entry system Helios 108 amO curada 162 High voltage battery A T 171 Chafing mcr 325 positions of the ignition 252 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Index 377 L Mir ONS egiren aneka 144 fold AWAY serenorenii nenei 145 arn Se seenen ne 128 heated AAA A 145 autol
267. ms personal camcorders etc by E ODO connecting RCA cords not included to these input jacks The jacks are yellow red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console You can also use the A V inputs as an auxiliary input jack AIJ to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Plug in your 1 8 in 3 5 mm RCA adapter into the two left A V input jacks red and white Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen then select A V inputs To use the auxiliary input jack feature make sure that your portable music player is designed to be used with headphones and that it is fully charged You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 in 3 5 mm connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other 1 Begin with the vehicle parked and the radio and portable device are turned off 2 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end into the adaptor in one of the two left A V input jacks white or red inside the center console 3 Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select either a tuned station from the FM tab or the CD tab if there is a CD already loaded into the system Adjust the volume to a comfortable listening level 4 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to 1 2 the volume 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printi
268. n SD card must be in the SD card slot Press the voice button and when prompted say any of the us following If you have said Sports headlines Sports schedules or Sports scores you may say any of the commands in the following chart d I Sports schedules LEJ 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 96 MyFord Touch Additional sports related voice commands Baseball headlines My team headlines Baseball schedule My teams schedule Golf headlines Golf schedule Motor sports schedule Pe Notifications Press the information button then select Notifications You can 2 select a message and choose to e View the complete message e Delete the message e Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault etc Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow When the messages are read or deleted the icon returns to white Calendar Press the information button then select Calendar You can 2 view the current calendar by day week or month 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 97 911 Assist If Equipped WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on prior to a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially incr
269. n the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For information on extended subscription terms the online media player and other SIRIUS features please contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 46 Entertainment Systems Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS While in satellite radio mode you can view this number on the radio display by pressing the Menu icon gt SIRIUS gt Show ESN Troubleshooting Radio Display Action Required ACQUIRING Radio requires more No action required than two seconds to This message should produce audio for the disappear shortly selected channel SAT FAULT Internal module or If this message does system failure not clear within a short present period of time or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service INVALID CHNL Channel no longer This previously available available channel is no longer available Tune to another channel If the channel was one of your presets you may choose another channel for that preset button UNSUBSCRIBED Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at available for this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel 2012 Focus E
270. n the following display Z options Display Mode Budget Text View Budget Text Help Budget View Gauge Scale Budget Text Help Scale E Text MyView text only View View MyView Options Surplus AVG Accessory Accessory History Coach Coach ep 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 24 Instrument Cluster e Budget Text View contains basic information to help you reach your next charging destination or to achieve your vehicle range estimate Charge pt is the distance remaining to the next charge point you identified using the Navigation system Surplus is the available range beyond your identified charge point current Range Estimate shown on Battery Gauge minus Charge pt distance If you don t enter a charge point you will see Budget is set to the Range Estimate at the point of departure This will count down with the odometer Status is your performance against your Budget current Range Estimate shown on Battery Gauge minus Budget distance A positive Status indicates you are using less energy than typical and have extended your Range Estimate by the distance shown e Budget view helps you manage your energy use Your current Energy Use is the white line that moves up and down in the Budget Gauge A higher line means you are using more energy lower is better Your energy use includes input from the accelerator pedal as well as the accessorie
271. n the front passenger s seat but the pass airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the full upright position 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 200 Seating and Safety Restraints Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag e If the indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it s very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following e Objects lod
272. ncies al F26 R14 XQ The high current fuses are coded as follows Ts Notused used O A Not used ra Notuseda Fa Notused _____________ FB Notusea e Notusea FS 30a Antilock brakes valve o Fo Notusea _________ A Temperature sensor 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 285 Location Rating PI Noted po Fiz Notusea Relay coils FW Notuseda y O rg Notuwsea Cid Diagnostic connector Compressor bypass valves Coolant valves Electronic fan control module relay compressor solenoid PCM contactor sense Battery electronics control module PSR Fs Notsed __________ F37 5A Vehicle audible speaker for pedestrians 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 286 Roadside Emergencies Location Rating KL15 F42 Rear wiper Pas Notused po FAS Notusd_____ po FP Notusd_____ poo Ro po Notused _______ R3 po Notusd________
273. nd the run time for another remote start duration If you programmed the duration to last 10 minutes the second 10 minutes will be added For example if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes the vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 20 minutes You can only extend the remote start once Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown Only two remote starts are allowed The vehicle must be started without remote start then switched back off or allow one hour to pass before using remote start again if additional remote starts are desired Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting Press the button once The parking lamps will turn off You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the message center Refer to the Instrument Cluster chapter SECURILOCK PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM SecuriLock passive anti theft system is an vehicle immobilization system This system is designed to help prevent the vehicle from being started unless an intelligent access keys programmed to your vehicle is used The use of the wrong type of coded key may lead to a no start condition The message center will display that no key is detected If you are unable to start the vehicle with a correctly coded key this indicates a malfunction
274. nder the instrument panel during this severe condition e The brake pedal may feel stiffer than usual 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 260 Driving Traction control system TCS Traction control is a driver aid feature that helps your vehicle maintain traction of the wheels typically when driving on slippery and or hilly road surfaces by detecting and controlling wheel spin Excessive wheel spin is controlled in two ways which may work separately or in tandem motor traction control and brake traction control Motor traction control works to limit drive wheel spin by momentarily reducing motor power Brake traction control works to limit wheel spin by momentarily applying the brakes to the wheel that is slipping Traction control is most active at low speeds During TCS events the stability control light in the instrument cluster will flash If the TCS is activated excessively in a short period of time the braking portion of the system may become temporarily disabled to allow the brakes to cool down In this situation TCS will use only motor power reduction or transfer to help control the wheels from over spinning When the brakes have cooled down the system will regain all features Anti lock braking and ESC are not affected by this condition and will continue to function during the cool down period Electronic stability control ESC Electronic stability control ESC may enhanc
275. nent degradation or failure unless specific precautions are taken to preserve the components General e Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place e Protect from sunlight if possible e If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 335 Body e Wash vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and underside of front fenders See the Cleaning chapter for more information Periodically wash vehicles stored in exposed locations e Touch up raw or primed metal to prevent rust e Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Rewax as necessary when the vehicle is washed See the Cleaning chapter for more information Lubricate all hood door and trunk lid hinges and latches with a light grade oil See the Cleaning chapter for more information e Cover interior trim to prevent fading e Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Cooling system e Protect against freezing temperatures e When removing vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Brakes e Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released Tires e Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous
276. network within the vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer internet browsing etc Gateway Access View who has connected to your Wi Fi Point Device List connection recently Press the button if available for additional information The Wi Fi CERTIFIED Logo is a bf Fi certification mark of the Wi Fi Alliance CERTIFIED USB Mobile Broadband Note You must activate your mobile broadband device on your PC prior to connecting it to the system Note USB mobile broadband settings may not be displayed if the device is already activated Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection You can select the following e Country e Carrier e Phone Number e User Name e Password Prioritize Connection Methods This screen allows you to choose your connection methods and change them as needed You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connecting using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 108 MyFord Touch Bluetooth Settings This screen shows you what device is currently paired with the system as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth is a registe
277. nflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life e Front wheel drive FWD vehicles front tires at top of diagram SS XNWVIDBANA Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 235 INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Information on P Type Tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that may be used for service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire an
278. ng The brake score will be shown in blue if greater than better than the lifetime brake score Lifetime Summary e Distance The total regen distance which is the estimated range gained from energy recaptured through regenerative braking e Energy Used The total kilowatt hours e Brake Score The average percentage of braking energy recaptured and returned to the high voltage battery through regenerative braking 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 22 Instrument Cluster MESSAGE CENTER e Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu e Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu e Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting messages The arrows in the upper left corner of the display indicate additional content available when lit Main menu From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display you can choose from the following categories Display Mode Trip 1 2 A Energy KEN Information ES Settings Seroll up down to highlight one of the categories then press the right arrow key or OK to enter into that category Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 23 Display Mode Use the arrow buttons to choose betwee
279. ng USA fus 82 MyFord Touch 5 Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select the A V in tab You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low 6 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the controls In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable available for purchase from Apple When the cable is connected to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Note For safety reasons connecting or adjusting the settings on your portable music player should not be attempted while the vehicle is moving Also the portable music player should be stored in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when the vehicle is in motion The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while the vehicle is in motion Troubleshooting e Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output The AIJ only works correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control e Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio as this causes distortion and reduces sound quality e If the music sounds distorted at lower listeni
280. ng levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problems persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable music player e The portable music player must be controlled in the same manner when it is used with headphones as the AIJ does not provide control play pause etc over the attached portable music player 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 83 PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC Once your phone is paired you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call e Ending a call e Using privacy mode e Dial a number e Redial e Call waiting notification e Caller ID e Phonebook Caller ID photos Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility refer to your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com or www syncmaroute ca Pairing Your Phone for the First Time WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their
281. njunction with the vehicle lap shoulder belt e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat e High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The drawings below compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings below also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 223 If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the bo
282. nned route Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route No GPS symbol indicates that insufficient GPS satellite signals are available for accurate map positioning This icon may be intermittently displayed under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access K vrv7t Ol 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 120 MyFord Touch Quick Touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the map display to access the following options When you select You can Set as Dest Select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the desired location simply go and then press Set as Dest Set as Waypoint Set the current location as a waypoint Save to Favorites Save the current location to your favorites POI Icons On Off Select POI icons to be displayed on the map Up to three icons can be selected for display on the map at the same time Cancel Route Cancel the active route View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active e View route e Edit destination waypoints e Edit turn list e Detour e Edit route preferences e Edit traffic preferences e Cancel route Rotate the map view by swiping Ap R your finger across the shaded bar Pame pt ee With the arrows Navteq is the digital map provider for the navigation application If
283. nspected 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 234 Tires Wheels and Loading Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive FWD vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire Rotation Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly A dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly is defined as a spare tire and wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated i
284. nto park Press brake pedal Displays to request the operator to apply the brake as needed by the transmission To start press brake Displays when starting the vehicle as a reminder to apply the brake Shift to Park Displayed as a reminder to shift to park 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 38 Instrument Cluster Tire Pressure Monitoring System es TPMS Message Action Description Low Tire Pressure Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Tire Pressure Monitor Fault Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer Tire Pressure Sensor Fault Displays when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 39 AM FM SINGLE CD SONY AUDIO SYSTEM WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that you use extreme
285. nue to function properly The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changing Tires with a TPMS Note Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the tire and wheel assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Care must be taken when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to
286. o adjust the volume Auxiliary Input Jack WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving The auxiliary input jack AIJ is located in either your center console or your glove box and provides a way to connect your portable music player to the in vehicle audio system This allows the audio from your portable music player to be played through the vehicle speakers with high fidelity To achieve optimal performance please observe the following instructions when attaching your portable music device to the audio system 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 41 Required Equipment 1 Any portable music player designed to be used with headphones 2 An audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 in 3 5 mm connectors at each end Using the Auxiliary Input Jack WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while the vehicle is moving WARNING
287. o reduce the amount of smearing or override the feature by selecting low or high speed wiping or turning the wiper system off Note The wipers must be turned off before entering a car wash 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 139 Windshield Washer S7 Pull the control toward you to activate the windshield washer Release the control to stop washer fluid spray The wipers will operate for a short time after the washer is turned off Courtesy Wipe Feature One extra wipe will happen a few seconds after washing the front window to clear any water that is dripping down from the top of the windshield caused by the washing Note Do not operate the washer when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Check the washer fluid level frequently Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades and cause the wiper motor to burn out Before operating the wiper on a dry windshield always use the windshield washer In freezing weather be sure the wiper blades are not frozen to the windshield before operating the wipers Windshield wiper rainlamp feature if equipped with autolamp When the windshield wipers are turned to low or high speed wiping during daylight and the headlamp control is in the autolamp position the exterior lamps will turn on after a brief delay and will remain on until the
288. o system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception e Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in an audio mute Unlike AM FM audible static you will hear an audio mute when there is satellite radio signal interference Your radio display may display NO SIGNAL to indicate the interference SIRIUS Satellite Radio Service Note SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming A service fee is required in order to receive SIRIUS service Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system include hardware and a limited subscription term which begins o
289. o the ground 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 267 MN WARNING Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the forward and reverse sensing system may create false beeps _ The system detects obstacles up to 6 ft 2 m from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas AS you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the system detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again While receiving a detection warning the radio volume will be reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio will return to the previous value The system is automatically turns on when the gearshift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is on A control in the message center allows the driver to disable the system Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information Note If the system cannot be turned off refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more inf
290. oad description and graphic in the Load Carrying section 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 240 Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked O monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat an
291. oading Tire Replacement Requirements WARNING Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING When mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the ti
292. ode feature is also available when the voice system displays a list of items to pick from during a voice session where you would be able to touch the line item or say Line 2 If a command is not understood or there are multiple options the system returns a list for you to choose from ENTERTAINMENT Your system offers many media options You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands Browsing Device Content When listening to any type of audio you can browse through other devices without having to change sources For example if you are currently listening to the radio you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device Press the voice icon on the steering wheel When prompted us you can say Browse Sirius channel guide Browse SD card Browse USB Help 1 If you have said Browse you can then say any commands in the following chart 2 If equipped with SIRIUS satellite radio 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 62 MyFord Touch BROWSE lt League gt games lt Sirius category gt channels CD track list Sirius channel guide If equipped with SIRIUS satellite radio For a complete list of Browse voice commands refer to USB and SD card voice commands and Bluetooth audio voice commands in the following sections AM FM Radio Press the lower left c
293. ogrammed MyKey Miles km Distance traveled using a programmed MyKey Displays the associated driver alert graphic System Check All active warnings will display first if applicable The system check menu may appear different based upon equipment options and current vehicle status Use the up down arrow buttons to scroll through the list Settings S In this mode you can configure different driver setting choices Note Some items are optional and may not appear Lighting Home Light Manual or select time interval Auto Light Rain On Off 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 28 Instrument Cluster Vehicle Climate Control Heater A C Auto Last using this Settings feature allows you to select different climate control modes Remote Start when the vehicle Rear Defrost Auto Off is started using the remote start feature Press and hold OK to create MyKey Always On User Selectable Set to 80 MPH 130 km h Off Speed Minder 45 mph 72 km h 55 mph 89 km h 65 mph CA E km h Off On Off S O Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set oo the desired language Un Distance Select the desired units of Temperature measure Brake Coach On Off Display Regen Display On Off Liftetime Energy use Regen Miles Brake Score Hold OK to Summary Reset 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Own
294. on If the vehicle is towed by other means or incorrectly vehicle damage may occur Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 303 Emergency Towing In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle your vehicle regardless of transmission powertrain configuration can be flat towed all wheels on the ground under the following conditions e Vehicle is facing forward so that it is being towed in a forward direction e Place the transmission in N Neutral Refer to Brake shift interlock in the Driving chapter for specific instructions if you cannot move the gear shift lever into N Neutral e Maximum speed is not to exceed 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 km 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 304 Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note
295. on and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket if equipped or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console Gif equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag Status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the passenger seat sensing system WARNING Any alteration modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 199 This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not The front passenger sensing system uses a pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled The indicator lamp is located under the climate controls The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of
296. on Factors There are four factors that can affect radio reception e Distance strength The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings power lines electric fences traffic lights and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception e Station overload When you pass a broadcast tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and play while the weak station frequency is displayed e Electric motor noise AM reception is affected by static and tones created by the electric motor in your plug in hybrid vehicle These noises are inherent to the technology used on this vehicle and cannot be mitigated by your Ford dealer The noise becomes more or less significant depending upon the other factors listed here for reception CD CD Player Information Do e Handle discs by their edges only Never touch the playing surface e Inspect discs before playing e Clean only with an approved CD cleaner 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 44 Entertainment Systems e Wipe discs from the center out Don t e Expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods of time e Clean using a circular motion CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4 75 in 12 cm audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs
297. on when using any device or feature that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving Note Some features are not available while the vehicle is moving This system uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access to vehicle features and settings The comprehensive touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system The corners display any active modes within those menus such as your phone being connected or the climate temperature Press to select any of the following Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help INFORMATION Press to select any of the following SYNC Services SIRIUS Travel Link Notifications Calendar e SYNC Apps If the icon is yellow refer to Notifications in the Information section of this chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 49 PHONE Press to select any of the following e Making and Receiving Calls e Quick Dial e Phonebook e Call History e Text Messaging e Settings NAVIGATION Press to select any of the following e My Home Favorites Previous Destinat
298. ontrol accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving Your vehicle is equipped with two USB ports in the center console This allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and also to charge devices if they support this feature Refer to your MyFord Touch chapter for information Media Hub Your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch touchscreen system The media hub is located in your center console and contains the following O K a nr A 1 USB ports 2 SD card slot 3 AV inputs For more information on these components refer to the MyFord Touch chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 43 GENERAL AUDIO INFORMATION Radio Frequencies AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio Recepti
299. oococcccconocccconnnns Cleaning the touchscreen Cleaning your vehicle engine compartment instrument panel O velo s anet plastic parts wo WASHING sacsaccnvcsseeesaxcesewnasatesa cs A O WIHEEIS ieccisseisseesssosarissaverscsessce wiper blades ooooooonnnnnnnnnn Climate control see Air conditioning or Heating Climate voice commands Clock arta ida CONSOLE einnsean e Controls steering column sericis COOlANG usaras checking and adding 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA tus A 304 Ordering additional owner s literature woe 310 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration PROSPAI vis cicnaesszenesnacdanssaukeavediaes 308 D Daytime running lamps see LAMPS occocooccnccnonnnncninnnnnoss 129 Dipstick automatic transmission A E E 334 Display settings cce eee 101 Doors central unlocking ooo 161 Driving under special CONGITIONS esireast 266 through water scercssrisiiss 274 E Emergencies roadside Jump starting oo eee 299 End user license agreement 356 Engine CLEANING incida 313 service points 0 0 eeeeeeeeeee ees 320 376 Index Engine fan ri 320 service disconnect 330 Event data recording 05 11 High voltage shut off 277 F Hill start assist sorna 265 Homelink wireless control Fan Engine Cooling 318 320 SS DEM isis tos 149 Fleet MyKey progra
300. or remains off e Off Press and release the power button without applying the brake pedal when your vehicle is in accessory mode or when the electric motor is running and the vehicle is not in motion This position shuts the electric motor and all electrical accessories off Note In order to switch off the electric motor while the vehicle is in motion press and hold the power button for at least one second or press the power button three times within two seconds Then shift to neutral and use the brakes to bring the vehicle to a safe stop After the vehicle has stopped shift into park e Start Press the power button for any length of time while applying the brake pedal The green Ready to Drive indicator light appears in the instrument cluster letting you know that the vehicle is ready for driving Important Safety Precautions Before starting the vehicle 1 Make sure all occupants buckle their safety belts For more information on safety belts and their proper usage refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter 2 Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off 3 Make sure the parking brake is set 4 Make sure the gearshift is in P Park Some warning lights will briefly illuminate See Warning lamps and indicators in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information regarding the warning lights 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 253 Pu
301. or to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 270 Driving Visual park aid alert if equipped Visual park aid alert allows the driver to see the area that is causing the reverse sensing system to beep The visual alerts are red yellow or green highlights which appear on top of the video image when an object is detected by the reverse sensing system The visual alert will highlight the closest object detected by the reverse sensing system The reverse sensing alert can be disabled and if visual park aid alert is enabled highlighted areas will still be displayed To turn this feature on or off when the vehicle is not in R Reverse do the following on the touchscreen 1 Select Menu 2 Select Vehicle 3 Select Rear View Camera The visual park aid alert options are ON and OFF Note The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects Manual zoom The manual zoom feature assists drivers with connecting their vehicle to a trailer for the purpose of towing It allows the driver to manually zoom closer to an object behind the vehicle The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference Press A or Y to manually adjust the zoom levels You can choose from OFF Level 1 Level 2 and Level 3 The selected level will appear between the buttons i e
302. ormation Keep the sensors located on the rear bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the system If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 268 Driving REARVIEW CAMERA SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The rear video camera system located in the rear of the vehicle above the license plate provides a video image of the area behind the vehicle It adds assistance to the driver while reversing or reverse parking the vehicle To use the rear video camera system place the transmission in R Reverse An image will display on the touchscreen display The area displayed on the screen may vary according to the vehicle orientation and or road condition The rear video camera includes the following features that will assist the driver in reverse driving Active guidelines fixed guidelines and centerline The active guidelines show the path of intended motion of the vehicle while reversing The fixed guidelines assist a driver with backing into a parking space or aligning with an object behind the vehicle The centerline assists a driver with aligning the center of the vehicle with an object i e
303. orner of the touchscreen and then select J the AM or FM tab To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab When you select Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the station is being saved then sound returns when it s done Enter the desired station number when prompted Press Enter HD Radio Turn the feature on This enables you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound Refer to HD Radio information later in this chapter Go to the next strong AM or FM radio station 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 63 Options Adjust more audio system settings Sound Settings allows you to adjust Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo if equipped DSP Cif equipped Occupancy Mode if equipped and Speed Compensated Volume settings Set PTY for Seek Scan allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for and then choose to either seek or scan for the stations RDS Text Display On Off allows you to always view the information broadcast by FM stations by selecting On Auto Presets AST Autostore allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location These do not override any presets stored in any of the AM or FM frequency bands TAG if availabl
304. ors to close an electrical circuit that initiates air curtain and seat mounted side airbag inflation The fact that the side air curtain and seat mounted side airbag did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation The side air curtain system is designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the side air curtain has deployed the air curtain will not function again The side air curtain system including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the air curtain is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 207 Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to Warning lights and indicators in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the side airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness
305. oster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions The importance of shoulder belts Using a booster without a shoulder belt increases the risk of a child s head hitting a hard surface in a collision For this reason you should never use a booster seat with a lap belt only It is generally best to use a booster seat with lap shoulder belts in the back seat Move a child to a different seating location if the shoulder belt does not stay positioned on the shoulder during use Follow all instructions provided by the manufacturer of the booster seat WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 224 Seating and Safety Restraints Child restraint and safety belt maintenance Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped
306. ot AY hidden behind the backup key slot to remove the battery cover 3 Remove the old battery a Y 4 Insert the new battery Refer to the instruction inside the transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing 5 Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter and install the backup key Replacing lost remote entry transmitters If you would like to have additional intelligent access keys programmed to your vehicle please contact your authorized dealer Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps illuminate when the remote entry system is used to unlock the door s The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if e the ignition is on e the remote transmitter lock control is pressed or e after 25 seconds of illumination 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 168 Locks and Security The lights will not turn off if e they have been turned on with the dimmer control or e any door is open Illuminated exit The interior dome lamps and parking lamps will illuminate when all doors are closed and the vehicle is turned off The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and e 25 seconds elapse e the POWER button is pressed Battery saver The battery saver will shut off the lamps 10 minutes after the vehicle has been turned off e If the dome lamps were turn
307. own internal circuits and the circuits for the airbag supplemental restraints crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt buckle sensors front passenger sensing system and the driver seat position sensor In addition the RCM also monitors the restraints warning light in the instrument cluster A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The warning light will either flash or stay lit e The warning light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A warning message will appear until the problem and warning light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the Personal Safety System serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 185 SAFETY BELT SYSTEM A WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained h WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air b
308. perly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST Attaching child safety seats with Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren LATCH attachments The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two 2 lower anchors located where the vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one 1 top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Ford Motor Company recommends the use of a child safety seat having a top tether strap See Attaching child safety seats with tether straps and Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for children in this chapter for more information 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 217 Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol The LATCH
309. personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure Snow chaines have not been approved for use on your vehicle SUMMER TIRES IF EQUIPPED Summer tires provide superior performance on wet and dry roads Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow M S or M S tire traction rating on the tire side wall Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All season or Snow tires Ford does not recommend using summer tires when temperatures drop to approximately 40 F 5 C or below depending on tire wear and environmental conditions or in snow ice conditions Like any tire summer tire performance is affected by tire wear and environmental conditions If you must drive in those conditions Ford recommends using Mud and Snow M S M S All season or Snow tires 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 245 VEHICLE LOADING This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Wei
310. ph Street Chicago IL 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 and is subject to the EndUser License Agreement under which this Data was provided 2011 NAVTEQ All rights reserved If the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data Wi Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire 2013 JiWire Gracenote Copyright CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement EULA This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville California 94608 Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and ob
311. positioning booster Remember that child seats and belt positioning boosters vary and may be designed to fit children of different heights ages and weights Children who are too large for child safety seats or belt positioning boosters as specified by your child safety seat manufacturer should always properly wear safety belts SAFETY SEATS FOR CHILDREN Infant and or toddler seats Use a safety seat that is recommended for the size and weight of the child When installing a child safety seat e Review and follow the information presented in the Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS section in this chapter Carefully follow all of the manufacturer s instructions included with the safety seat you put in your vehicle If you do not install and use the safety seat properly the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 213 Installing child safety
312. pplicable e Load leveling adjustment if applicable When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly additional caution should be given to e Towing a trailer e Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel and seek service as soon as possible TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT Note The temporary mobility kit sealant compound in the canister is to be used for one tire only See your Ford authorized dealer for additional replacement sealant canisters The temporary mobility kit is located in the floor of the cargo area The temporary mobility kit consists of an air compressor to reinflate the tire and a sealing compound in a canister that will seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects This kit will provide a temporary seal allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 miles 200 km at a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 290 Roadside Emergencies A Air compressor inside B Diverter knob C On Off button D Air pressure gauge E Sealant bottle canister F Sealant filling clear tube G Sealant tube tire valve connector H Yellow cap tool I Air compressor hose J Air hose tire valve connector K Accessory power plug L Casing housing General Information WARNING Failure to
313. products are available from your authorized dealer e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windows and wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may be the cause These may include hot wax treatments used by commercial car washes water repellent coatings tree sap or other organic contamination these contaminants may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate in the U S or Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid in Canada Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasiv
314. pull the card to remove it as this could cause damage The card slot can be used for your navigation card if equipped Refer to Navigation system later in this chapter for more information The slot is located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the Y instrument panel To access and play music CM D from your SD card slot press the lower left corner of the touchscreen SD logo is a trademark of SD 3C LLC B _ y The ports are located either in the center E ma USB Port console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen OOO This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks flash thumb drives and also charge devices if they support this feature In order to playback video from your iPod iPhone if compatible you MUST have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable available for purchase from Apple When the cable is connected to your iPod APhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 76 MyFord Touch Playing Music from Your Device Insert your device and select the USB or SD Card tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options Repeat the currently playing song or album Play music on the selected album
315. quired to clear the keys To clear all MyKeys which removes all restrictions and returns them to admin key status use the information display control to do the following 1 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey 2 Scroll to Clear All and press the OK button 3 Hold the OK button until ALL MYKEYS CLEARED is displayed Checking MyKey System Status The information display control displays information about keys programmed to the vehicle e MYKEY MILES Tracks mileage when a restricted key is used If mileage does not accumulate as expected then the key is not being used by the intended user The only way to reset this to zero is by resetting the keys If the mileage is lower than the last time you checked then the key system has been recently reset 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 158 Locks and Security e MYKEY S Indicates how many restricted keys are programmed to the vehicle Can also be used to detect deletion of a restricted key e ADMIN KEY S Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to the vehicle Can also be used to detect if an additional key has been programmed to the vehicle Using MyKey with Remote Start Systems MyKey is NOT compatible with non Ford approved aftermarket remote start systems If you choose to install a remote start system please see your Ford authorized dealer for a Ford approved remote start system The following informa
316. r a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface WAXING Wash the vehicle first Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning 313 e Do not allow paint sealant to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim such as grained door handles roof racks bumpers side moldings mirror housings or the windshield cowl area The paint sealant will gray or stain the parts over time REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products ALUMINUM WHEELS AND WHEEL COVERS Aluminum wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish In order to maintain their shine e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner which is available from your authorized dealer Heavy dirt and brake dust accumulation may require agitation with a sponge Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water Never apply any c
317. r has developed sufficient drive to prevent the vehicle from rolling down the slope This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope for example from a car park ramp traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space The hill start assist feature is activated automatically when the vehicle is stopped on a slope greater than five degrees The hill start assist feature operates with the vehicle facing downhill if reverse gear is selected The hill start assist feature will not operate if the parking brake is activated To activate hill start assist do the following 1 Press the brake pedal to bring the vehicle to a complete standstill Keep the brake pedal pressed 2 If the sensors detect that the vehicle is on a slope the hill start assist feature will be activated automatically 3 When you remove your foot from the brake pedal the vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for approximately up to two seconds This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off 4 Drive off in the normal manner The brakes will be released automatically 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 266 Driving If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud or Snow Note Do not rock the vehicle if the motor is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Excessive rocking of the vehicle may eventually cause a loss of power as the po
318. r or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was travelling and e Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Note EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to acces
319. r pressure of your tires as follows 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 2 Unhook the black hose from the side of the compressor and fasten firmly on the valve stem by turning clockwise 3 Push and turn the dial clockwise to the air position Turn on the kit by pressing the on off button 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 295 4 Adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure from the tire label located on the driver s door or door jamb area Note The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading y 5 Turn the compressor off by pressing the on off button 6 Unplug the hoses re install the valve cap on the tire and return the kit to the stowage area What to do after the Tire has been Sealed After using the temporary mobility kit to seal your tire you will need to replace the sealant canister and clear tube hose Sealing compound and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorized Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home however liquid residue from the sealing compound should be disposed by your local Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations Note After the sealing compound has been used the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph 80 km h and th
320. r safety belts for optimum protection in an accident Combination lap and shoulder belts The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 187 Restraint of pregnant women WARNING Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See figure below Pregnant women should always wear their safety belt The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest Safety belt locking modes All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the first locking mode and the f
321. raft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Canada only CXC 93 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 318 Maintenance and Specifications SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your Warranty Guide to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING YOUR VEHICLE Be especially careful when inspecting or servicing your vehicle e Make sure that loose clothing jewelry or long hair does not get caught in moving parts e Keep all open flames and other burning cigarettes material away from the battery and all related parts HIGH VOLTAGE INFORMATION WARNING Exposure to high voltage may result in severe personal injury or death High voltage components must be serviced by a trained service technician Your vehicle consists of various high voltage components and wiring All of the high voltage power flows through specific wiring ass
322. raints for children in this chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 219 Attaching child safety seats with tether straps ay Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether stra iN y g y p which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle The rear seats of your vehicle are equipped with built in tether strap anchors located on the back panel of the rear seat The tether strap anchors in your b vehicle are in the following positions y shown from top view 9 i Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as shown The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether strap If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion when the child
323. rch news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 3 Once you re connected to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose 4 Say Services to return to the services main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen If your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system press the Information button If your vehicle is not equipped with the navigation system press the green tab on your touchscreen 1 Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your phone 2 Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose 3 To return to the services menu say Services or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business Search To find
324. rd Touch 117 When you select Route Preferences Navigation Preferences Traffic Preferences Avoid Areas trains when planning your route Use HOV lanes if available and have the system always select the shortest distance fastest time or most economical route Choose prompts to be either voice or tone only Have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current route no notification is provided Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before the route deviation is made Turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map road work incidents accidents closed roads etc Choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to select a category Once you make a selection the system tries to avoid the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen when the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit press Delete at the bottom right of the screen 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 118 MyFord Touch Map Mode Pr
325. rd passenger safety belts are fastened This information allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the airbag deployment and safety belt pretensioner activation depending upon safety belt usage Front outboard safety belt pretensioners The safety belt pretensioners at the front outboard seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body during frontal collisions and in side collisions when the side air curtain system activates This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal collisions the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the collision is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags Front outboard safety belt energy management retractors The front safety belt energy management retractors allow webbing to be pulled out of the retractor in a gradual and controlled manner in response to the occupant s forward momentum This helps reduce the risk of force related injuries to the occupant s chest by limiting the load on the occupant Determining if the Personal Safety System is operational The Personal Safety System uses a warning light in the instrument cluster a warning message or a backup tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Warning lights and indicators section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the Personal Safety System is not required The Restraints Control Module RCM monitors its
326. re This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load radial tubeless etc Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for service on light trucks B Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits C Maximum Load Dual lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle D Maximum Load Single lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used a
327. re A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 227 TIRES Tires are designed to give many thousands of miles of service but they must be maintained in order to get the maximum benefit from them Glossary of Tire Terminology e Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry e Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires
328. re for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 ft 8 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft 8 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 233 Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the TPMS indicator is flashing your TPMS is ma
329. re pressure The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase approximately 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the TPMS as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the TPMS warning light for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 244 Tires Wheels and Loading SNOW TIRES WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover
330. re that vent caps are tight and level 5 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 300 Roadside Emergencies Connecting the Jumper Cables Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine or motor WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery or a surge of the battery Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at moderately increased speed 2 Switch on the disabled vehicle to Ready to Drive mode 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started keep both vehicles running for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 301
331. red trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Help Your touchscreen system has a help feature which you can access at any time To access Help using the touchscreen press the Menu icon gt Help the choose from the following If you select Where Am I View the vehicle s current location If your vehicle is equipped with navigation you see your location on a map If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation or if your SD card is not inserted you receive your vehicle s latitude and longitude 911 Assist Access the 911 Assist settings vehicle restart instructions and emergency quick dial contacts In Case of Emergency ICE Quick Dial This feature allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access in the event of an emergency Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE 1 and ICE 2 buttons The ICE contacts you select are presented to you at the completion of the 911 Assist call process for quick access Voice Command List View possible voice commands From this screen you can also access System information Software Licenses and Driving Restrictions To access Help using the voice commands press the voice button then after the tone say Help The system provides voice commands that can be used in the current mode 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus
332. rior lamps and hazard warning system operation damage Fluid levels fill if necessary including spare For oil and fluid leaks Steering and linkage Half shaft dust boots Windshield for cracks chips or pits Gf equipped Horn operation Washer spray and wiper operation Brake coolant recovery reservoir and window washer Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi point vehicle inspection It s a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle It s your checklist that gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle You ll know what s been checked what s okay as well as those things that may require future or immediate attention The multi point vehicle inspection is one more way to keep your vehicle running great 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 350 Scheduled Maintenance EP loto at BENE OMET Faci erber E r ee ona Famn Seri ct Balance Multi Polnt Inspection Report Card as Recommended by Ford Motor Company Tis ab hoci lane ine Fog ian Bibi Mirsi Malo Model MEXICA Tref radica nn A oe CI A soc tat tests Oo tt DONE A E E etse vaea s asara BATTERY Pepaj ports State al Health Cenditiond Taia ty fv dave aala Dems E aapea ar A ni ja Sel re ee ee O p e O lola a coll Dia edert kangas Lm sigida A ro bas dordano E toga Coma
333. rive the more we are exposed to rare events even for good drivers 1 in 4 of us will be seriously injured in a crash during our lifetime Pm not going far 3 of 4 fatal crashes occur within 25 miles 40 km of home 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 192 Seating and Safety Restraints Belts are uncomfortable We design our safety belts to enhance comfort If you are uncomfortable try different positions for the safety belt upper anchorage and seatback which should be as upright as possible this can improve comfort T was in a hurry Prime time for an accident Belt Minder reminds us to take a few seconds to buckle up Safety belts don t work Safety belts when used properly reduce risk of death to front seat occupants by 45 in cars and by 60 in light trucks Traffic is light Nearly 1 of 2 deaths occur in single vehicle crashes many when no other vehicles are around Belts wrinkle my clothes Possibly but a serious crash can do much more than wrinkle your clothes particularly if you are unbelted The people I m with don t wear Set the example teen deaths occur 4 times more often in vehicles with TWO or MORE people Children and younger brothers sisters imitate behavior they see T have an airbag Airbags offer greater protection when used with safety belts Frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in rear and s
334. riven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Charging and Electrical System Manoni Descnnion Message Elec system overvoltage Stop Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safely safe to do so and switch off the ignition Contact your authorized dealer Battery low Check handbook Displays to warn of a low 12 volt battery condition Turn off all unneeded electrical accessories Contact your authorized dealer Low Battery Displays when the estimated range is 10 mi 16 km or 15 mi 24 km for MyKey The vehicle needs to be charged soon Low Battery Reduce climate use Displays when the estimated range for more range is 10 mi 16 km or 15 mi 24 km for MyKey and the climate system is in use Turn off unneeded climate system operation to increase vehicle range Depleted Battery Stop safely now Displays when the estimated range is 0 mi 0 km Stop the vehicle in a safe place The vehicle must be charged 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 31 Charging and Electrical System Action Descnption Message Reduce Climate Use for More Displays when high climate usage Range may make it difficult to stay within your energy budget Unplug Prior to Starting Vehicle Displays when attempting to start the vehicle while plugged in Is Vehicle Plugged in Displays when confirma
335. rk lamps Illuminates when the park lamps are on Powertrain malfunction reduced power RTT Illuminates when a powertrain or high voltage charge system SF fault has been detected If the indicator stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Ready to drive ES Mluminates once the vehicle has been switched on and is ready Se to drive A corresponding message may display stating ready to drive or a message regarding budget if a charge point has not been entered Safety belt A Reminds you to fasten your safety belt A Belt Minder chime eam will also sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt Speed control if equipped RTT Illuminates when the speed control is activated Turns off when the speed control system is deactivated Stop safely RTT Indicates electrical component fault failure that will cause the VAN vehicle to shutdown or enter into a limited operating mode A message may also display Turn signal Tlluminates when the left or right turn signal or the hazard ap warning flasher is turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb Vehicle plugged in RTT Illuminates when the vehicle is plugged in A corresponding message may display after attempting to start the vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 20 Instrument Cluster GAUGES Cluster shown in standard measure metric clu
336. rol to the desired speed Move the control up two positions for low speed wiping or three positions for high speed wiping The wipers may be moved manually with the vehicle off They may automatically return to their normal position when the vehicle is turned on When wiping on dry glass the wipers may switch to the next lower operating mode low speed or intermittent The previous operation mode may resume after the windshield becomes wet again Rain Sensing Wipers If Equipped The rain sensing wipers will automatically activate when moisture is present on the windshield and control is intermittent operation position Adjust the rotary control to the desired moisture sensitivity settings The speed of the rain sensitive wipers will vary based on the amount of moisture detected on the windshield and the sensitivity setting There are no interval intermittent wipe settings on vehicles with rain sensing wipers The wipers will continue to wipe as long as the presence of moisture is detected on the windshield More or less wiping may occur depending on humidity mist or light rain or road spray Keep the outside of the windshield clean especially the area around the rear view mirror where the sensor is located or rain sensor performance may be affected Note During winter driving conditions with ice snow or a salty road mist inconsistent or unexpected wiping or smearing may occur In these conditions you can lower the sensitivity t
337. roll the map away from your vehicle s current location 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 119 Map Icons Vehicle mark shows current location of the vehicle It stays in A the center of the map display except when in scroll mode the center of the screen The map position closest to the cursor Seroll cursor allows you to scroll the map the icon is fixed in is in a window on the top center part of the screen Address book entry default icon s indicate the location on the map of an address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map A different icon can be selected from the 22 icons available each icon can be used more than once Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the home position Only one entry from the Address Book can be saved as Home This icon cannot be changed POI Point Of Interest icons can be displayed on the map and can be turned on or off There are about 56 subcategories of POIs that can be selected to be displayed on the map one at a time Starting point indicates the starting point of a planned route Waypoints indicates the location of a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in the route list Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a pla
338. rom the following e Number e City e Street Name e State Prov Some of the voice commands that are available while viewing this screen are Change street name Enter city 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 60 MyFord Touch STREET ADDRESS Change city Enter state Change state If you choose Points of Interest from the navigation screen you can choose from the following e Search Area Search By Name Fuel Station ATM All Restaurants Accommodations Parking Some of the voice commands that are available while viewing this screen are POINTS OF INTEREST or POI Destination lt POI category name gt Search by name Search by category Change search area Note These are just a sample of the voice commands available within the Points of Interest section the categories themselves are also technically voice commands If you choose Intersection from the navigation screen you can choose from the following e lst Street e 2nd Street e City e State Prov Some of the voice commands that are available while viewing this screen are INTERSECTION Enter second street name Change second street name 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 61 INTERSECTION Enter state Change state The dual m
339. ront outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle sensitive mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner Automatic locking mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 188 Seating and Safety Restraints When to use the automatic locking mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible Refer to Safety restraints for children or Safety seats for children later in this chapter How to use the automatic loc
340. rrect results No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your own risk NT and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of any kind express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to content quality accuracy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose usefulness use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free Disclaimer of Warranty NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you Disclaimer of Liability NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 370 Appendices WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQU
341. rsonalized services SYNC Services Voice Commands When a route has been downloaded non navigation systems press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands SIRIUS Travel Link If Equipped and If Activated 2 Route status WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving Note In order to use SIRIUS Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 94 MyFord Touch Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these features Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information Note Visit www siritusxm com traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by SIRIUS Travel Link Note Neither SIRIUS nor Ford is responsible for any errors or in
342. rted by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent Internet Data Use this screen to make adjustments to your Connection internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the PAN personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to make adjustments to your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for additional information Manage Phonebook Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Display call history Display call history Tf compatible 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 89 Phone Voice Commands fm Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls After the us tone say any of the following commands Call lt name gt at home Messages Call lt name gt at work Mute call 1 Call lt name gt on cell Pair phone Call lt name gt on other Privacy on Call voicemail Reply to text messages Turn ringer off Do not disturb off Do not disturb on Un mute call 4 Forward text messages Help Go to hands free EA 1 These commands are only available during an active call 2 Tf you have said Messages ref
343. rvoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark Note If the coolant has not been checked at the recommended interval the coolant reservoir may become low or empty If the level is at the MIN mark below the MIN mark or empty add prediluted coolant to the reservoir Refer to Adding coolant in this chapter Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool 300 ROB75240E available from your dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note It is very important to use prediluted coolant meeting the Ford specification in order to avoid plugging the small coolant passageways Use of concentrated coolant and water may cause coolant passageway plugging and void the warranty See the technical specifications chart in the Capacities and Specifications chapter Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding coolant WARNING Do not add coolant when the Electric Powertrain Assembly EPA is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot motor parts WARNING Do not put coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield coolant could make it di
344. s 354 Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace DEALER VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEacE DEALER VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace DEALER VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEacE 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 355 COOLANT AND COOLANT FILTER CHANGE RECORD Initial change 10 years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever comes first After initial change Every 5 years or 50 000 miles 80 000 km Coolant and Coolant Filter Change Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mi leace DeaLer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours M leace DeaLer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace DEALER VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 356 Appendices GENERAL INFORMATION SYNC End User License Agreement EULA e You have acquired a
345. s You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 308 Customer Assistance UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environ
346. s legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software collectively Notices electronically TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on TeleNav s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software 8 4 TeleNav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself 8 5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The TeleNav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to T
347. s such as Climate Control The Budget is shown by the blue cup shape around the Budget Gauge As long as your current Energy Use is within the cup you are staying within your budget Your Budget represents the maximum energy usage you can maintain in order to achieve your vehicle range estimate or reach your intended charge point Driving for extended periods outside of the Budget Cup reduces your budget and could put you at risk of not reaching your intended charge point e Range view shows your range relative to your charge point as well as performance to your budget A blue charge point icon means you have a Surplus If an E appears to the left of an amber charge point icon then you are projected to run out of charge prior to reaching your charge point Current performance to your budget is represented by the glow of the car icon more Blue better performance to budget more Amber worse The optional Surplus Graphic displays available range beyond your charge point If you didn t enter your charge point through the Navigation system your budget will be set to the range estimate at the start of your trip The gauge will show your estimated distance to E empty along with your current performance to budget The optional Surplus Graphic is not available in this case 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 25 MyView You can choose what to display in this view Selecting
348. s a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 239 Information on T Type Tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below B C D E A A T145 80D16 is an example of a tire y ee size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for temporary service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Refer to the payl
349. s are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to ensure mats do not shift out of position Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle foot well that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats Floor mats should always rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat or other covering Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot well while the vehicle is moving Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control Failure to properly follow floor mat installation or attachment instructions can potentially cause interference with pedal operation causing loss of control of vehicle To install floor mats position the floor mat so that the eyelet is over the retention post and press down to lock in To remove the floor mat reverse the installation procedure 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1
350. s the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada Note Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Introduction 13 to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the 911 Assist feature See your SYNC chapter for more information Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not w
351. s various phone settings such as Bluetooth on or off Manage your Phone Book and more Refer to Phone settings later in this section Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and cannot be completed when the vehicle is traveling at speeds over 5 mph 8 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL Touch the top left corner of the display to access the phone menu Select Messaging Choose from the following Listen speaker icon Dial Send Text View Delete Delete all e o o o o np 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 87 Composing a Text Message Note This is a speed dependent feature and cannot be completed when the vehicle is traveling at speeds over 5 mph 8 km h Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the phone menu 2 Press Messaging gt Send Text 3 You can select Edit Text and use the system keyboard to create a text message or select from the following options Receiving a Text Message Note If you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 5 mph 8 km
352. sabled or in unlimited mode e The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges Refer to Using MyKey with remote start systems I cannot program the e The key does not have admin privileges optional settings e No keys are programmed to the vehicle Refer to Creating a MyKey e The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges Refer to Using MyKey with remote start systems 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 160 Locks and Security I cannot clear the e Key does not have admin privileges restricted keys e No restricted keys are programmed to the vehicle Refer to Creating a MyKey e The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges Refer to Using MyKey with remote start systems key dealer SecuriLock in the Security chapter I accidentally e The vehicle has a remote start system that programmed all keys is recognized as an admin key Refer to the as restricted keys Using MyKey with remote start systems section to reset all restricted keys using remote start No restricted key e An admin key is present at vehicle start up functions with e No restricted keys are programmed to the intelligent access key vehicle Refer to Creating a MyKey push button start Restricted key e An unknown key has been programmed to programmed total the v
353. sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the function button codes later in this section Note You can program a maximum of three devices To change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed you must first erase the current settings See Erasing the function button codes later in this section The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter that is integrated into the driver s sun visor The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices with the home As well as being programmed for garage doors the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting Additional system information can be found on line at www homelink com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 800 355 3515 Programming Note Put a new battery in the hand held transmitter This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 150 Driver Controls 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Hold the garage door hand held transmitter 1 3 in 2 8 cm away from the button you want to program T Note During programming the hand h
354. seats with combination lap and shoulder belts Check to make sure the child seat is properly secured before each use Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat When installing a child safety seat with combination lap shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling Place vehicle seat back in upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode Refer to Step 5 below This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap shoulder belts Note Although
355. ses to your request When using voice commands words and icons may also appear in the lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session e listening success failed paused or try again How to Use Voice Commands with Your System fm Press the voice icon after the tone speak your command us clearly What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current session do one of the following e During a voice session press the lower left status bar of the screen OR e Say What can I say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session OR e Press the voice icon after the tone say Help for an audible list of possible voice commands 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 57 To Access a List of Available Commands e Press the Menu icon gt Help gt Voice Command List OR e Press the voice icon after the tone speak your command clearly Tf equipped Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of the vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system e Speak naturally without long p
356. settings USB mobile broadband Prioritize connection methods Wi Fi Your system has a Wi Fi feature which creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices i e personal computers or phones in your vehicle to speak to each other share files play games etc Using this Wi Fi feature everyone in your vehicle can also gain access the internet if e You have a USB mobile broadband connection inside the vehicle e Your phone supports PAN personal area networking e You are parked outside of a wireless hotspot To access press the Menu icon gt Settings gt Wireless and Internet gt Wi Fi settings then select from the following options If you select Wi Fi Network Turn the Wi Fi feature on or off in your Client Mode On Off vehicle Make sure that On is selected for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Use a previously stored wireless network You Network can categorize by alphabetical listing Priority and Signal Strength You can also choose to search for a network connect to a network disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Search for Wireless View a list of wireless networks Networks 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 107 Gateway Access Make SYNC an access point for a phone or a Point Mode On Off computer by turning this feature on This forms the local area
357. sh Button Start System The power button is located on the instrument panel to the right of the steering wheel Starting the Vehicle Note To start your vehicle your intelligent access key IA key must be present inside the vehicle 1 Press the power button for any length of time while applying the brake pedal 2 Release the parking brake apply the brake shift into gear and drive There may be areas inside your vehicle where the IA key is not detected If the message KEY NOT DETECTED appears on your multifunction display when you press the power button it may be necessary to move your JA key to another area within the vehicle The IA key may not be detected near the roof between the driver or passenger sun visor and the roof or in the overhead console area or in the extreme corners of the rear package tray near your audio speakers It is not recommended that you stow the IA key in these locations If you move the IA key to a location where it has been detected before and you still see the KEY NOT DETECTED message your IA key s battery may be low or you may be in an area with excessive radio frequency interference If this occurs you can use the backup method to start your vehicle 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 254 Driving Type 1 Type 2 Backup Siarting Method Your IA key uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle
358. sors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Side airbags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 204 Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Side curtain airbag system 40 i pes y o WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying side air curtain Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the side air curtain cover WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side air curtain could injure you as it deploys fro
359. spected by an authorized dealer ODO Refer to Warning lights and indicators in the Instrument as Cluster chapter for information on the brake system warning light Under normal operating conditions brake dust may accumulate on the wheels Some brake dust is inevitable as brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise The use of modern friction materials with emphasis on improved performance and environmental considerations can lead to more dust than in the past Brake dust can be cleaned by weekly washing with soapy water and a soft sponge Heavier deposits can be removed with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner See the Cleaning chapter for more information 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 256 Driving Four wheel anti lock brake system ABS Your vehicle is equipped with an anti lock braking system ABS This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking Noise from the ABS pump motor and brake pedal pulsation may be observed during ABS braking and the brake pedal may suddenly travel a little farther as soon as ABS braking is done and normal brake operation resumes These are normal characteristics of the ABS and should be no reason for concern Using ABS When hard braking is required apply continuous force on the brake pedal Do not pump the brake pedal since this will reduce the effectiveness of the ABS and will increase your
360. sponder if they are unable to get out on their own move a safe distance away from the vehicle and notify the authorities of the crash If possible inform emergency responders that the vehicle is electric powered Vehicle owners should not store a severely damaged vehicle in a garage or near other vehicles The high voltage shutoff operation shuts off power from the high voltage battery after a collision or if your vehicle receives a substantial physical jolt To reactivate the vehicle after either event perform the following steps 1 Press the POWER START STOP button to power the vehicle on 2 Press the POWER START STOP button to power the vehicle off 3 Press the POWER START STOP button to power the vehicle on again Note After completing this procedure the vehicle will detect if the electrical system is safe and reactivate automatically Once your vehicle determines the electrical system safe you can start your vehicle as you would normally by pressing the brake pedal in combination with the POWER START STOP button 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 278 Roadside Emergencies FUSES AND RELAYS Fuses If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Note Always replace
361. st Printing USA fus 154 Driver Controls TRUNK RELEASE To open the trunk with the outside emana release button 1 Unlock the trunk with the remote control or power door lock control The trunk will unlock when you press the release button if the intelligent access transmitter is within 3 feet 1 meter of the trunk 2 Press the release button located above the license plate CARGO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cargo management system consists of a storage compartment located in the cargo area The lid has two positions e Unlatched and flat shown e Closed on an angle Lift the lid and pull the handle on top of the lid toward you to fold down the supports Lift the lid and push the handle away from you to fold the supports back under the lid 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 155 INTELLIGENT ACCESS KEY IA KEY Your vehicle is equipped with two intelligent access keys which operate the power locks and the remote entry system You have to have the IA key in the vehicle to activate the push button start system The IA key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that can be used to unlock the driver door To release the mechanical key blade press the release buttons on the edge of the transmitter and remove the key blade Your IA keys are programmed to your vehicle You cannot enter or start your vehicle wi
362. st is triggered SYNC tries to contact emergency services If a connected phone is damaged or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call Failure to cancel the call results in SYNC attempting to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If the call is not cancelled and a successful call is made a prerecorded message is played for the 911 operator then the occupant s in the vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 99 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware was damaged in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s paired and connected to the system was thrown from the vehicle 911 Assist Privacy Notice Once 911 Assist is set on it may disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the f
363. sters similar A Message center See Message Center for more information B Speedometer C Infotainment display See the MyTouch supplement for more information Common Displays Note Some features can be switched on and off through the message center Battery Gauge The high voltage battery gauge appears on the right side of the message center screen This provides State of Charge Range Estimate and Regen Display e State of Charge The state of charge for the high voltage battery is shown as a colored fill The fill color is normally blue When a low battery condition is reached the fill turns amber When the battery is depleted the fill turns red See the Information Messages section for details on associated Low Battery and Depleted Battery warnings e Distance to Empty The Range Estimate in the Battery Gauge is personalized to the driver s key This is the estimated distance the vehicle will travel before needing a recharge The Range Estimate is based on your typical energy usage while driving This includes your Drive Habits as well as your use of accessories such as Climate Control Your Range Estimate may change immediately when you change your Climate Control settings 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 21 e Regen Display A circular arrow symbol appears in the center of the Battery Gauge when energy is being recaptured through the regenerative brak
364. sulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision 6 way Lumbar Adjustment if equipped Use the lever to adjust the lumbar of the seatback 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 178 Seating and Safety Restraints Heated seats if equipped WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly e Operate the heated seats unless the motor is running Doing so could drain the vehicle s battery To operate the heated seats turn the thumbwheel to the desired heat setting 0 5 e Setting 0 is off 1 is the lowest heat setting and setting 5 is the highest
365. t Exceed 50 mph 80 km h Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label Tow a trailer Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time Use commercial car washing equipment Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following 3 Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs Winter weather driving capability Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability if applicable Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly do not Exceed 70 mph 113 km h Use more than one dissimilar spare tire and wheel at a time Use commercial car washing equipment Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire and wheel 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 289 The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e All wheel driving capability Gf a
366. t weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by the vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 211 WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision which may result in serious injury or death WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a collision WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or pets unattended in your vehicle Transporting children Always make sure your child is secured properly in a devi
367. t roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and or wheel tire size may change the handling characteristics of the vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 209 WARNING Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN WARNING If a
368. t the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and a new route will be delivered to your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with the navigation feature SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions Refer to the Navigation Features section for more information Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Goodbye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services Quick Tips Personalizing You can personalize your services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category To learn more log onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while you are connected to SYNC TDI Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 93 Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with Traffic Directions and Information and continue enjoying your pe
369. ta locking unlocking doors 165 166 SecuriLock passive anti theft opening the trunk cc 166 SNS airada did 170 replacement additional Sending new text messages 87 transmitters Erre 167 Servicing your vehicle 318 replacing the batteries 166 Serine a destination 112 Reverse sensing system 266 Setting a destination by Roadside assistance 0 00 AIO ln 113 Route preferences secarse 116 Setting the clock uss is 101 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Index 379 Setting your wallpaper 101 MATOS aaa 225 227 287 Side air CULAIN o 204 AM raras 234 SIRIUS satellite radio 69 UPRO A SIRIUS satellite radio voice 71 checking the pressure 230 COMMANAS conocccincccnooncnoncnnonnnninnnons inflating cinco 298 SIRIUS Travel Link coo 93 label asistir 239 SIRIUS Travel Link voice replacing osas 232 COMMANAS ossis 95 a E E ET an safety practices oocmmmmmmmm me Pest oan BIEN isis aut sidewall information 235 Specification chart snow tires and chains 244 A tects tock tencces 337 Spare tire ooien 287 Speed control sessies 146 Temporary mobility kit 289 Starting your vehicle 952 terminology O 227 jump starting nin 299 tire STAGES A 226 push button start system 253 MAA 226 230 Steering wheel Touchscreen features CONTO
370. tain music related information including name artist track and title information 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 372 Appendices Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated with a music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of
371. te entry system activates the illuminated entry feature this feature turns on the lamps for 25 seconds or until the ignition is turned on The battery saver feature will turn off the lamps 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two stage unlocking Disabling two stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button The turn signal lamps will illuminate twice to indicate that two stage unlock was enabled or disabled The unlocking mode will be applied to intelligent access Two stage unlocking may also be disabled or enabled through the message center if this is an available message center option or by your authorized dealer Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter When two stage unlocking is disabled intelligent access at the driver s door results in an unlock of all doors not just the driver door 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 166 Locks and Security Locking the Doors Press the button to lock all the doors The turn signals will Ay illuminate Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed The doors will lock again the horn will chirp and the turn signals will illuminate if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed Note If any door or the luggage compartment is not
372. tensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso Safety belt height adjustment E Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height squeeze the button and slide the height adjuster up or down Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place N WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 190 Seating and Safety Restraints Safety belt warning light and indicator chime A The safety belt warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a chime sounds to remind the occupants to fasten their safety belts Conditions of operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the on warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver s safety belt
373. ter Severability You and NT agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Governing Law The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to i its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all disputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder Government End Users If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Data is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R FAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with this End User 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 371 License Agreement and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME NAVTEQ CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS 425 West Randol
374. th an unprogrammed key If you lose one or both of your IA keys replacements are available from your authorized dealer For more information on programming replacement IA keys refer to the SecuriLock passive anti theft system section in this chapter Note Your vehicle s IA backup keys MO provides important vehicle Key cut O 1031X provides important vehicle key cut information It is recommended that you keep the tag in a safe place for future reference MYKEY MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as an administrator key or admin key which can be used to e create a restricted key e program optional MyKey settings e clear all MyKey features altogether 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 156 Locks and Security Once a key has been programmed you can access the following information using the information display control e How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to the vehicle e The total distance the vehicle has been driven with a MyKey For vehicles equipped with Intelligent Access Key push button start when both a MyKey and an Admin Intelligent Access key fob are present the admin fob will be recognized by the vehicle to start the vehicle
375. than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance 307 THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the services you need section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
376. that certain warranty repairs require special training equipment or both so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away from home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fordowner com These are some of the items that can be found online e U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code e Owner Manuals e Maintenance Schedules e Recalls e Ford Extended Service Plans e Ford Genuine Accessories e Service specials and promotions 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance 305 In Canada Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Lim
377. the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by restarting the engine and watch the message center for STEERING ASSIST FAULT SERVICE REQUIRED If the message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked With the message displayed the steering assist is turned off making the vehicle harder to steer 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 262 Driving If the steering wanders or pulls check for e an improperly inflated tire e uneven tire wear e loose or worn suspension components e loose or worn steering components e improper steering alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull Brake shift interlock This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the on position unless the brake pedal is pressed your charge cord may be plugged into the vehicle or there may be a fault with the associated electrical system If this is the case you must follow the instructions in your instrument cluster display before your vehicle will start If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition on and the brake pedal pressed it is also possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brake lamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies
378. the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote respectively reserve all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 373 SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FO
379. the airbag module Important SRS precautions The SRS is designed to work with the safety belt to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 195 WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 cm between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module WARNING Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries To properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position WARNING Do not put anything on or over the airbag module Placing objects on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury WARNING Do not a
380. their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you e Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE e Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided then the t
381. this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are e Water puddle inside the lamp e E water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Using the right bulbs Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Lighting 135 Function License plate lamp High mount brake lamp To replace these lamps see your authorized dealer To replace all instrument panel ligh
382. til the bounce back position is reached 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 143 Overriding the bounce back feature To override this protection function when there is a resistance e g in the winter proceed as follows 1 Close the window twice until it reaches the resistance and let it reverse 2 Close the window a third time to the resistance The bounce back function is disabled and you can close the window manually The window will override the resistance and you can close it fully 3 If the window does not close after the third attempt contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Resetting the bounce back feature WARNING The bounce back function is deactivated until you have reset the memory After the battery has been disconnected from the vehicle you must reset the bounce back memory separately for each window 1 Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed then release the switch 2 Lift the switch again for one more second 3 Press and hold the switch until the window is fully open then release the switch 4 Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed 5 Open the window and try to close it automatically 6 Reset and repeat procedure if the window does not close automatically Window lock The window lock feature allows only the driver and front passenger to operate the power windows g To lock out all the
383. ting USA fus 328 Maintenance and Specifications Charging Note The vehicle must be in P Park to charge To charge your high voltage battery 1 Put the vehicle in P park and power down the vehicle 2 Press the indentation located on the charge port door and the door will rotate open 3 Plug the charging coupler into the vehicles charge port receptacle and make sure the button clicks confirming that it is completely engaged 4 Verify that the cord acknowledgement feature activates This indicates the beginning of a normal charge cycle 5 If using a 240 volt charging station follow the instructions on the charge station to begin the charging process When charging the light ring will display how far along the charge is e When the top right quadrant is pulsing the charge is between 0 25 percent e When the top right quadrant is solidly lit and the bottom right quadrant is pulsing the charge is between 25 50 percent When both right side quadrants are solidly lit and the bottom left quadrant is pulsing the charge is between 50 75 percent e When three quadrants are solidly lit and the top left quadrant is pulsing the charge is between 75 100 percent e When the entire ring is solidly lit the charge is complete Note The illuminated ring will shut off one minute after reaching a full charge Note If a vehicle charging system fault is detected at any point in a charge cycle the entire light rin
384. tion 2 Turn the ignition on 3 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 4 Press OK to select Create 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 157 5 When prompted hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey The key will be restricted at the next start The key is successfully programmed Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys To program optional settings for the key s refer to Programming changing optional settings If your vehicle is equipped with remote start refer to Using MyKey with remote start systems Programming Changing Optional Settings Note All programmed keys can be cleared within the same key cycle in which a key was programmed otherwise an admin key is required to clear the keys To clear all keys refer to Clear all MyKeys You can access the optional settings through the information display control 1 Turn the ignition on using an admin key 2 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey 3 Use the arrow buttons to get to an optional feature 4 Press OK or gt to scroll through settings 5 Press OK or gt to make a selection Clearing All MyKeys Note All programmed MyKeys can be cleared within the same key cycle in which a MyKey was created otherwise an admin key is re
385. tion MAY help customers who choose to use a non Ford approved remote start system The actions provided below do NOT make MyKey compatible with non Ford approved remote start system but it MAY help you to retain some MyKey functions Vehicles Equipped with Traditional Keys When using a non Ford approved remote start system the default settings may recognize the remote start system as an additional admin key with its associated privileges This makes it NOT compatible with MyKey Restart the vehicle when you insert a key into the ignition cylinder it may help you to retain some MyKey functions In addition to the key that has been programmed as a MyKey owners of vehicles equipped with traditional keys have the option to program the non Ford approved remote start system as a MyKey if the remote start fob is used by the MyKey driver To program a non Ford approved remote start system as a MyKey do the following 1 Enter the vehicle and close all doors 2 Remote start the vehicle using a non Ford approved remote start fob 3 Follow Steps 1 5 in the Creating a MyKey section Vehicles Equipped with Intelligent Access Key Push Button Start Note It is not possible to program the remote start system as a MyKey on vehicles equipped with intelligent access key push button start Therefore you should treat the remote start fob as you would any other admin key When the vehicle is started using remote start the system will stall the vehi
386. tion is needed that the vehicle is unplugged before a start is allowed You must make sure the vehicle is unplugged and respond to the message prompt before starting your vehicle Limited Performance Due to cold Displays when vehicle performance is affected by cold battery temperatures Severely Limited Performance Due Displays when vehicle performance to cold battery is severely affected by cold battery temperatures Drive with caution Keep vehicle plugged in when not in use to maintain proper battery temperature Limited Performance Due to hot Displays when vehicle performance battery is affected by hot battery temperatures Severely Limited Performance Due Displays when vehicle performance to hot battery is severely affected by hot battery temperatures Drive with caution Keep vehicle plugged in when not in use to maintain proper battery temperature 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 32 Instrument Cluster Charging and Electrical System As D Message Approaching Range Limit To Displays when you have not return Home specified a charge point through the vehicle Mytouch system and vehicle range will soon be less than what is needed to return Home Your Home address must be specified through the vehicle Mytouch system to enable this feature Stop Safely Now Displays when the stop safely hazard warning lamp is illuminated This indicates an electrical component fault f
387. tions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request and for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect the vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not activate or use the service 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 91 SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business sea
388. to start when you press the power button and apply the brake pedal If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the battery in your IA key is low it may be necessary to start your car by placing the IA key at the backup location on the steering column After placing the IA key at the backup location use the power button and brake pedal to start your vehicle as usual The vehicle should respond normally as long as the IA key is at the backup location on the steering column Once the vehicle is started the IA key can be moved from the backup location if desired Fast Restart The fast restart feature allows you to re start your vehicle within 10 seconds of switching the vehicle off if a valid IA key is not present when the vehicle is switched off You can re start the vehicle by applying the brake pedal and pressing the power button for up to 10 seconds even though the IA key is not present After 10 seconds have expired you can no longer start your vehicle without the IA key present inside the vehicle If the driver door is opened within this 10 seconds the fast restart timer expires immediately 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 200 Switching the Vehicle Off When Not in P Park It is recommended that you shift into the P Park position before switching your vehicle off If you switch your vehicle off with the shifter in any position other than P Park
389. tor Company 2012 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Introduction 5 Congratulations Congratulations on acquiring your new Ford Motor Company product Please take the time to get well acquainted with your vehicle by reading this handbook The more you know and understand about your vehicle the greater the safety and pleasure you will derive from driving it For more information on Ford Motor Company and its products visit the following website e In the United States www ford com e In Canada www ford ca e In Mexico www ford com mx Additional owner information is given in separate publications This vehicle s Owner s Guide describes every option and model variant available and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your particular vehicle Furthermore due to printing cycles it may describe options before they are generally available Remember to pass on this vehicle s Owner s Guide when reselling the vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle Satety and Environment Protection Symbols in this manual WARNING You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol Symbols on your vehicle When you see these symbols read and follow the relevant instructions in this manual before touching or attempting adjustment of any kind Protecting the Environment You must play your part in prot
390. trailer To turn this feature on or off when the vehicle is not in R Reverse do the following on the touchscreen 1 Select Menu 2 Select Vehicle 3 Select Rear View Camera The guideline options are ACTIVE FIXED FIXED and OFF Note The centerline is available if Active or Fixed guidelines are ON 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving 269 e 1 Rear bumper e 2 Red zone e 3 Yellow zone D e 4 Green zone S e 5 Centerline e 6 Active guidelines if equipped ee Active guidelines 6 will only be shown with fixed guidelines 2 8 and 4 To use active guidelines turn the steering wheel and point the active guidelines towards an intended path If the steering wheel position is changed while reversing the vehicle might deviate from the original intended path Active guidelines project the intended path of the vehicle Fixed guidelines show the actual direction the vehicle is moving The fixed and active guidelines will fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position When the steering wheel position is straight the active guidelines will not be shown Always use caution while backing Objects in the red zone 2 are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone 4 are further away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone 4 to the yellow 8 or red zones 2 Use the side mirrors and rearview mirr
391. ts see your authorized dealer Replacing headlamp bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position 2 Open the hood 3 Remove the two screw from the headlamp assembly 4 Carefully pull the headlamp assembly up and away from the vehicle Low beam headlamp bulb The low beam headlamps on your vehicle use a high intensity discharge HID source These lamps operate at a high voltage When the bulb is burned out the bulb and starter capsule assembly must be replaced by your authorized dealer High beam headlamp bulb e Remove service cap e Remove bulb by removing the electrical wire connector lift up on the bottom latch WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb by only its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Note If the bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 136 Lighting Replacing front parking lamp turn signal bulbs e Remove service cap on the bottom of the lamp by turning it counterclockwise e Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise Replacing side marker bulbs Your vehicle is equipped with an LED side marker bulb It is designed to
392. ts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 197 The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds e g baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions swelling or temporary hearing loss Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the air bag has deployed the air bag will not function again and must be replaced im
393. ttempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 196 Seating and Safety Restraints Children and airbags Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a collision WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back How does the safety belt pretensioner and airbag supplemental restraint system work The safety belt pretensioner and airbag SRS are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains longitudinal deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates pretensioner activation and airbag inflation The fact that the pretensioners and airbags did not activate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Front airbags are designed to activate in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollover side impact or rear impac
394. turn off panel mode IN 8 Distributes air through the demister vents and front and rear sd seat floor vents Press again to turn off floor mode 9 A C Press to turn air conditioning on or off Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in some modes ma 10 Press the large fan icon to manually increase the fan speed 23 press the small fan icon to manually decrease the fan speed Pressing one of the fan speed buttons while in AUTO mode takes the system out of AUTO fan mode 11 AUTO Press to engage full automatic operation Once you select your desired temperature using the temperature control the system then automatically determines fan speed airflow distribution A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach and maintain the desired temperature 12 Driver temperature setting Turn to increase or decrease the temperature for the driver when in dual zone mode or the entire vehicle when in single zone mode Operating Tips T e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid Pd weather select defrost e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle avoid driving with the system switched off unless a window can be opened to help circulate fresh air 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Climate Control 125 e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the a
395. u experience this condition apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop Turn the motor off shift to P Park and apply the parking brake and then inspect the accelerator pedal for any interferences If none are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Parking brake 2 To set the parking brake 1 pull the parking brake handle up as far po A as possible vA OLO The BRAKE warning lamp will illuminate and will remain as illuminated until the parking brake is released To release press and hold the button 2 pull the handle up slightly then push the handle down 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 258 Driving WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the gearshift is securely latched in P Park WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer as soon as possible ADVANCETRAC STABILITY ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM The AdvanceTrac system provides the following stability enhancement features for certain driving situations e Traction control system TCS which functions to help avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction e Electronic stability control ESC which functions to help avoid skids or lateral slides WARNING Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarke
396. uel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report If Equipped U S Only WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems that are electronically monitored by the vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system i e brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create
397. use the transparent hose which is designed for sealant application only Operating the temporary mobility kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio CD and DVD player operation if equipped 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 292 Roadside Emergencies What to do when a Tire Is Punctured A tire puncture within the tire s tread area can be repaired in two stages with the temporary mobility kit e In the first stage the tire will be reinflated with a sealing compound and air After the tire has been reinflated you will need to drive the vehicle a short distance approximately 4 miles 6 km to distribute the sealant in the tire e In the second stage you will need to check the tire pressure and adjust if necessary to the vehicle s tire inflation pressure First Stage Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air WARNING Do not stand directly over the temporary mobility kit while inflating the tire If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire s sidewall during inflation stop and call roadside assistance WARNING If the tire doesn t inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes stop and call roadside assistance Preparation Park the vehicle in a safe level and secure area away from moving traffic Turn the hazard lights on Apply the parking brake and turn the motor off Inspect the flat tire for visible damage Sealant
398. ut of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight e g by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the additional weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to the vehicle Sometimes a slight lean towards the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 216 Seating and Safety Restraints 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 cm of movement for proper installation 11 Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST to make certain the child restraint is pro
399. various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Ford ESP you receive added peace of mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating Ford Motor Company dealers The Lincoln Maintenance Protection Plan is honored at authorized Lincoln dealers Note Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford ESP coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www ford ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 346 Scheduled Maintenance GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following this schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may also help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it It is your responsibility to see that all scheduled maintenance is performed and that the materials used meet Ford engineering specifications as identified in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Failure to perform scheduled maintenance specific in this guide will invalidate warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Be sure receipts for completed maintenance
400. vices according to crash severity and conditions A collection of crash sensors provides information to the Restraints Control Module RCM During a crash the RCM may activate the safety belt pretensioners and or either none one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and conditions The fact that the pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the Personal Safety System determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage etc were not appropriate to activate these safety devices Front airbags are designed to activate only in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints The dual stage airbags offer the capability to tailor the level of airbag inflation energy A lower less forceful energy level is provided for more common moderate severity impacts A higher energy level is used for the most severe impacts Refer to Airbag supplemental restraints SRS section in this chapter Front crash severity sensors The front crash severity sensors enhances the ability to detect the severity of an impact Positioned up front it provides valuable information early in the crash event on the severity of the impact
401. wer side view mirrors WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion To adjust your mirrors a 1 Move the center of the control a right or left to select the mirror to d adjust 2 2 Press the arrows to adjust the mirror 3 Return the control to the center position to lock mirrors in place 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 145 Heated outside mirrors Both mirrors are heated J automatically to remove ice mist and fog when the rear window defrost is activated Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it is frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Signal Indicator Mirrors When the turn signal is activated the outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing will blink This provides an additional warning to other drivers that your vehicle is about to turn Fold Away Mirrors Fold the side mirrors in carefully when driving through a narrow space like an automatic car wash Ny Blind Spot Mirrors Your vehicle is equipped with blind spot mirrors Refer to Blind Spot Mirrors in the Driving chapter 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 146 Driver Controls SPEED CONTR
402. wertrain protects against overheating or damage If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear REVERSE SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The Reverse Sensing System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when R Reverse is selected and the vehicle is moving at speeds less than 3 mph 5 km h The system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects WARNING To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the reverse sensing system as contained in this section Sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation WARNING To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system WARNING This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close t
403. window controls except for the driver s and front passenger s press the control A light on the control will illuminate when the windows are locked Press the control again to restore the window controls Accessory Delay If Equipped You can use the window switches for several minutes after the you turn the ignition off or until either front door is opened 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 144 Driver Controls INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night Auto Dimming Mirror If Equipped Note Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror Mirror performance may be affected A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up EXTERIOR MIRRORS Po
404. wners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 298 Roadside Emergencies Be sure to check the sealant Use By Utiliser avant compound s use by date regularly The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister bottle The sealant canister should be replaced after four years Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Ensure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 km after any wheel disturbance tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal etc Bolt size Wheel lug nut torque M12 x 15 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners Note Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf
405. xing of coolants may harm your cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm the Electric Powertrain Assembly EPA and cooling system components and may void the warranty e A large amount of water without coolant may be added in case of emergency to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with prediluted coolant as soon as possible Water alone without coolant can cause damage from corrosion overheating freezing or plugging e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the coolant 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 333 Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted coolant meeting the Ford specification See the technical specifications chart in the Capacities and Specifications chapter for more information Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper
406. y using the touchscreen Press the Menu icon gt Display then choose any of the following e Brightness e Auto Dim On Off e Mode Auto Day or Night e Edit Wallpaper A To access and make adjustments to the touchscreen display us using voice commands press the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display Settings Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access Note You cannot load photos directly from your camera You must access the photos from either your USB mass storage device or from an SD card To upload photos press the Menu icon gt Display gt Edit Wallpaper then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 102 MyFord Touch Photo Display Limitations Only the photograph s which meet the following conditions are displayed e Compatible file formats are as follows jpg gif png bmp e Each file must be 1 5 MB or less e Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 Photographs with extremely large dimensions i e 2048 x 1536 may not be compatible and appear as a blank black image on the display Sound Press the Menu icon gt Sound to access settings for Bass THX Deep Note Demo Balance and Fade Speed Compensated Volume TE equipped Rear View Camera If Equipped This menu allows you to access
407. yl and plastics or oil petroleum based leather conditioners These products may cause premature wearing or damage to the leather 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning 317 UNDERBODY e Never pressure wash or spray the underbody with water e Clean only with a dry cloth after powering down and waiting for five minutes e Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt FORD AND LINCOLN CAR CARE PRODUCTS Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes These quality products have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and appearance of your vehicle Each product is made from high quality materials that meet or exceed rigid specifications For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate U S only ZC 32 A Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorc
408. you find map data errors you may report them directly to Navteq by going to http mapreporter navteq com Navteq evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch 121 Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership by calling 1 800 NAVMAPS or going to www navigation com ford You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available Navigation Voice Commands mm When in navigation mode press the voice button on the us steering wheel controls After the tone say any of the following commands Navigation system voice commands Cancel next waypoint 4 Navigation Cancel route 1 Repeat instruction J Destination intersection Destination nearest Voice off lt POI category gt Destination nearest POI Voice on Destination POI Voice volume increase Destination nearest lt POI category gt 1 These commands are only available when a navigation route is active Destination play nametags Voice volume decrease 2 If you have said the command Destination you may say any of the above commands or commands in the following Destination chart 3 If you have said the command Navig
409. your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position 2012 Focus Electric Vehicle fob Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 210 Seating and Safety Restraints Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children below by X LATCH LATCH Safety Safety lower lower Restraint Child anchors anchors Type Weight tether anchors anchor and top Rear Up to facing 48 lb X X child seat _ 21 kg Forward Up to facing 48 lb X X X child seat 21 kg Forward Over facing 48 lb X X child seat 21 kg WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size heigh

5 - Ford Focus Electric Forum, My Focus Electric

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents